summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Build/source/texk/web2c/man
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2021-02-25 19:22:25 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2021-02-25 19:22:25 +0000
commitad547a6b5986815fda458221149728d9d9ab1d87 (patch)
tree16296910eb3eca724371474ea9aea3994dc69614 /Build/source/texk/web2c/man
parent947b43de3dd21d58ccc2ffadefc4441ea1c2a813 (diff)
restore Build,TODO from r57911
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@57915 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Build/source/texk/web2c/man')
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ChangeLog1005
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.am113
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.in786
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/README260
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/aleph.man245
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/amstex.man62
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/bibtex.man147
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctie.man62
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctwill.man252
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/cweb.man173
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvicopy.man52
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitomp.man26
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitype.man101
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/etex.man392
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftodvi.man159
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftopk.man98
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftype.man90
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex-dev.man28
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex.man90
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/luatex.man257
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mf.man488
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mft.man133
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mpost.man178
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ofm2opl.man99
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/opl2ofm.man75
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovf2ovp.man99
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovp2ovf.man79
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/patgen.man194
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdfetex.man34
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftex.man462
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftosrc.man232
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktogf.man98
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktype.man75
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pltotf.man83
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pooltype.man44
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ppltotf.man96
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptex.man93
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptftopl.man95
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/spell.add236
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tangle.man172
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tex.man522
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tftopl.man107
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tie.man55
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ttf2afm.man75
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vftovp.man92
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vptovf.man65
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/weave.man78
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/man/xetex.man71
48 files changed, 8528 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ChangeLog b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b1406d28c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1005 @@
+2021-02-25 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man: CWEB 4.2 release.
+
+2021-02-20 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man: CWEB 4.1 release.
+
+2020-09-23 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man,
+ * cweb.man: Make manpages compatible with 'whatis'.
+
+2020-06-14 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man: Mention new macros 'pdfctwimac.tex'.
+
+2020-06-08 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctie.man,
+ * ctwill.man,
+ * cweb.man,
+ * tie.man: Detail special environments for individual programs.
+
+2020-06-06 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * tex.man: Complete sentence about TEXINPUTS environment.
+
+2020-03-30 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * cweb.man,
+ * ctwill.man: Add new option '-t' to CWEB.
+
+2020-02-01 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * cweb.man,
+ * ctwill.man: Regenerate manpages with Pandoc 2.9.1.1.
+
+2019-12-07 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * cweb.man,
+ * ctwill.man: Update manpages.
+
+2019-11-17 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * latex-dev.man: new man page.
+ * Makefile.am (man1_links): add several links for latex-dev and luatex.
+
+2019-08-06 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * aleph.man,
+ * etex.man,
+ * mf.man,
+ * pdftex.man,
+ * tex.man: mention --cnf-line.
+
+2019-08-04 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * pdftex.man (-synctex, -8bit): add per https://bugs.debian.org/772928.
+ (-shell-restricted): also add this.
+ Also don't italicize "PDF" and "DVI", url updates, etc.
+
+2019-06-20 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man: Regenerate with Pandoc 2.7.3,
+ * cweb.man: Fix initial statement in NAME section.
+
+2019-03-30 Hironobu Yamashita <h.y.acetaminophen@gmail.com>
+
+ * ppltotf.man, ptftopl.man: new.
+
+2019-03-25 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * gftodvi.man: omit unused second font letter. From Debian.
+
+2019-03-10 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man: Fix non-macro '\\PB';
+ add reference to 'Digital Typography' with full example.
+
+2019-02-01 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man,
+ * cweb.man: Recompile manpages with Pandoc 2.6. This un-escapes
+ '-', because it was rendered as "unicode minus"; see release page
+ https://github.com/jgm/pandoc/releases/tag/2.6
+
+2019-01-28 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man,
+ * cweb.man: Updated manpages; describe differences to original CWEB.
+
+2019-01-10 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * ctwill.man: New manpage for CTWILL and its tools.
+ * Makefile.am (bootstrap_man_sources): add ctwill.man.
+ (man1_links): add ctwill-refsort and ctwill-twinx as ctwill aliases.
+
+2019-01-10 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * cweb.man: editorial changes.
+
+2019-01-06 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * cweb.man: update for CWEBbin options, etc.
+
+2018-12-21 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * mpost.man: mention rmpost, (r)pmpost, and (r)upmpost.
+
+2018-10-28 Andreas Scherer <https://ascherer.github.io>
+
+ * cweb.man: do not mention nonexistent -DSTAT option.
+
+2018-06-04 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * Makefile.am (man_sources, man1_links) [PTEX]: add ptex.man.
+
+2018-05-27 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * aleph.man,
+ * etex.man,
+ * luatex.man,
+ * mft.man,
+ * ptex.man: typos.
+
+2018-05-26 Hironobu Yamashita <h.y.acetaminophen@gmail.com>
+
+ * ptex.man: new.
+
+2018-04-30 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * latex.man: update latexrefman url to
+ https://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-help-texinfo.
+ tldoc report from Antoon, 27 Apr 2018 22:15:39.
+ Also add more *latex program names as aliases.
+
+2018-02-23 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * bibtex.man: mention need to remove aux file from previous run
+ for -min-crossrefs to be effective.
+ https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/123740
+
+2018-01-18 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * mf.man: spacing, no openin, per Debian.
+
+2017-01-13 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * ofm2opl.man,
+ * opl2ofm.man,
+ * ovf2ovp.man,
+ * ovp2ovf.man: specify section 1. Report from Julian Gilbey.
+
+2016-04-14 Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+ * ofm2opl.man,
+ * ovf2ovp.man: document current options, i.e., from the omfonts
+ (../omegafonts) implementation. Akira re-implemented the web
+ -charcode-format option in r39877, ca.27 Feb 2016 10:23:20.
+
+2016-03-08 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * ttf2afm.man: document -m. tldoc mail from esr, 7 Mar 2016 09:34:07.
+
+2015-06-16 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * *.man: remove spurious "for troff" and "for nroff" non-comments.
+ https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=663157
+ Report from Tom Yan, tex-live mail 2 Jun 2015 03:28:32.
+ Also replace pseudo-smallcaps M\s-2ETAFONT\s0 with standard "Metafont".
+ * *.min: remove these long-gone programs.
+ * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): remove *.min.
+ (man1_links) [TEX]: include initex.
+ (man1_links) [MF]: include inimf.
+
+2015-04-27 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * aleph.man,
+ * dvitomp.man,
+ * latex.man,
+ * luatex.man,
+ * mf.man,
+ * mpost.man,
+ * ofm2opl.man,
+ * opl2ofm.man,
+ * ovf2ovp.man,
+ * ovp2ovf.man,
+ * pdfetex.man,
+ * pdftex.man,
+ * pdftosrc.man,
+ * tex.man,
+ * ttf2afm.man: version, url, et al. updates.
+
+2014-12-02 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * patgen.man: Kuiken's ushyphmax.tex not in TL for some years.
+ (Report from Mojca.)
+
+2011-04-12 Taco Hoekwater <taco@metapost.org>
+
+ * luatex.man: update to version 0.70
+
+2011-04-05 Taco Hoekwater <taco@metapost.org>
+
+ * mpost.man: update to version 1.504
+ * dvitomp.man: update to version 1.504
+
+2011-04-05 Taco Hoekwater <taco@metapost.org>
+
+ * mpost.man: update to version 1.503
+
+2011-03-01 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * aleph.man, etex.man, luatex.man, mf.man, pdftex.man,
+ tangle.man, tex.man: Drop useless '.rb' macros.
+
+2011-02-10 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * Makefile.am (man1_links): Add texlua and texluac.
+
+2011-02-08 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * Makefile.am: Use ../../am/man1_links.am for manpage links.
+
+2010-12-23 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * Makefile.am (install-data-hook): Check symlink creation.
+
+2010-12-19 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * mpost.man: Define the macro URL (from Taco).
+
+2010-12-17 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * cweb.man: Adapt to facts: use '-' to indicate no change file.
+
+2010-05-20 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * Makefile.am [LUATEX]: do not include luatangle.man link,
+ there is no luatangle any more.
+ (man1_links) [ALEPH]: lamed, not lambda.
+
+2010-05-14 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * aleph.man, amstex.man, eplain.man, etex.man, latex.man,
+ luatex.man, mf.man, mpost.man, pdfetex.man, pdftex.man, tex.man:
+ Uniform manpage formatting: bold for literals, italic for
+ variable items, roman for meta items. Adapt to facts.
+
+ * mpost.man: FIXME: need to define the macro URL.
+
+2010-04-10 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * ctie.man (new): Instead of ../ctiedir/ctie.1.
+ * tie.man (new): Instead of ../tiedir/tie.1.
+ * Makefile.am (bootstrap_man_sources): Add the new files.
+
+2010-04-07 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * bibtex.man, cweb.man, dvicopy.man, dvitomp.man, dvitype.man,
+ gftodvi.man, gftopk.man, gftype.man, mft.man, ofm2opl.man,
+ opl2ofm.man, ovf2ovp.man, ovp2ovf.man, patgen.man, pdftosrc.man,
+ pktogf.man, pktype.man, pltotf.man, tangle.man, tftopl.man,
+ ttf2afm.man, vftovp.man, vptovf.man, weave.man:
+ Uniform manpage formatting: bold for literals, italic for
+ variable items, roman for meta items. Adapt to facts.
+
+2010-03-13 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * bibtex.man: Version 0.99d.
+
+2010-02-01 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * etex.man,
+ * aleph.man,
+ * bibtex.man,
+ * pdftex.man,
+ * tex.man: say a few more words about TEXMFOUTPUT.
+ * pdfetex.man: just refer to pdftex.man.
+
+ * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): rm pdftexman.m4.
+
+2009-10-24 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * Makefile.am (man1_links): New list of symlinks within man1dir.
+ Moved handling of lambda, ctangle, cweave, odvicopy, odvitype,
+ mf-nowin, and pdflatex symlinks from ../../tetex/ to here.
+ (install-data-hook, uninstall-hook): Use `man1_links'.
+
+ * ofm2opl.man, opl2ofm.man, ovf2ovp.man, ovp2ovf.man,
+ ttf2afm.man: New files moved from ../../tetex/ to here.
+ * Makefile.am (man_sources): Adjusted.
+
+2009-07-09 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * Makefile.am: distribute luatex.man.
+
+2009-07-09 Taco Hoekwater <taco@luatex.org>
+
+ * luatex.man (new): man page for Luatex 0.40 by Khaled Hosny
+ <dr.khaled.hosny@gmail.com>
+ * Makefile.am: add luatex.man
+
+2009-06-26 Han The Thanh <hanthethanh@gmail.com>
+
+ * pdftex.man: bugfix from T\"or\"ok Edwin <edwintorok@gmail.com>
+
+2009-04-05 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * aleph.man: some minor content updates.
+
+2009-03-30 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * omega.man (removed): Omega has been removed. Copied to ...
+ * aleph.man (new): ... here and changed "Omega" => "Aleph".
+
+2009-03-22 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * etex.man: missed WB definition, no such thing as elatex,
+ modify attribution per Phil Taylor.
+
+2008-01-29 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add @configure_input@ line.
+
+2007-11-25 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * patgen.man: mention that the "patterns" input file to patgen is
+ not an actual TeX patterns file.
+ Kurt Roeckx, 17 Nov 2007 20:54:43, debian bug 450875.
+
+2007-04-20 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * gftodvi.man: no way to override output filename for gftodvi
+ (from Werner, 20 Apr 2007 06:43:31).
+
+2007-01-18 Sanjoy Mahajan <sanjoy@mit.edu>
+
+ * latex.man: More details for book references, reference more
+ programs for 'see also' section.
+
+ * mpost.man, dvitomp.man: Use "Web2C @VERSION@".
+
+ * mpost.man: Pointer to sarovar site, more refs to other programs
+ in 'see also' section.
+
+ * pdftex.man, pdfetex.man: Mention that ps and eps files need to
+ be converted before being included. Credit Peter Breitenlohner in
+ AUTHORS for eTeX contributions.
+
+2007-01-08 Martin Schr\"oder <martin@pdftex.org>
+
+ * pdfetex.man, pdftex.man: Document -etex and -draftmode switches.
+
+ * pdftosrc.man: New man page for pdftosrc
+
+2006-12-06 Karl Berry <karl@tug.org>
+
+ * tex.man: typos, TEXMFOUTPUT ref (tex-live mail from frank, 06
+ Dec 2006 19:33:03).
+
+2005-08-03 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * etex.man: Document -etex switch.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Document -etex switch.
+
+2005-07-27 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Remove references to pdfxtex.
+
+2005-06-26 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Replace ac_include with kpse_include. From Peter
+ Breitenlohner.
+
+2005-06-21 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * newer.man: Update manual page for new interface of newer.
+
+2005-01-21 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * mf.man: Omitted a man page correction. From Eric S. Raymond
+ <esr@thyrsus.com>.
+
+ * amstex.man, bibtex.man, dmp.man, dvitype.man, eplain.man,
+ etex.man, gftodvi.man, gftopk.man, gftype.man, makempx.man,
+ mf.man, mft.man, mpost.man, mpto.man, newer.man, omega.man,
+ patgen.man, pdfetex.man, pdftex.man, pdfxtex.man, pktogf.man,
+ pktype.man, pltotf.man, pooltype.man, tangle.man, tex.man,
+ tftopl.man, vftovp.man, vptovf.man, weave.man: Man page
+ corrections from Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>.
+
+2004-12-19 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Makefile.in [manfiles]: Add cweb.1.
+
+ * cweb.man: Remove absolute path from FILES section. Remove
+ references to files that we don't install. Add reference to Web2C
+ to footer.
+
+ * cweb.man: Manual page for cweb programs, copied from cwebdir so
+ it can be modified.
+
+2004-10-03 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some text.
+
+ * pdfxtex.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some
+ text.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some
+ text.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some
+ text.
+
+ * etex.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some
+ text.
+
+ * omega.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some
+ text.
+
+ * mf.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some text.
+
+ * mpost.man: Clarify option handling a bit and reorganize some
+ text.
+
+ * pdfxtex.man: Correct mailing list info.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Correct mailing list info.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Correct mailing list info.
+
+2004-09-07 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * pdfetex.man: .efmt -> .fmt Found by Hartmut Henkel
+ <hartmut_henkel@gmx.de>.
+
+ * pdfxtex.man: .efmt -> .fmt Found by Hartmut Henkel
+ <hartmut_henkel@gmx.de>.
+
+ * etex.man: .efmt -> .fmt Found by Hartmut Henkel
+ <hartmut_henkel@gmx.de>.
+
+2004-08-27 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * etex.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+ * mf.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+ * mpost.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+ * omega.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+ * pdfxtex.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+ * tex.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+2004-08-28 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * pdfxtex.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+ * tex.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+ * mpost.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+ * mf.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+ * omega.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+ * etex.man: Document -output-directory.
+
+2004-08-23 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * patgen.man: Major rewrite.
+
+ * weave.man: Fixed a typo.
+
+2004-08-21 Peter Breitenlohner <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>
+
+ * etex.man: Update author.
+
+ * etex.man, pdfetex.man: Change -efmt to -fmt.
+
+ * etex.man, tex.man: Remove references to PDF mode.
+
+2004-07-21 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * mpost.man: Misspelt \*(MP macro. From Peter Breitenlohner
+ <peb@mppmu.mpg.de>.
+
+2004-07-04 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * pdfxtex.man: Change -efmt to -fmt.
+
+2004-06-22 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Correct title to refer to pdfetex.
+
+ * pdfxtex.man: The pdfxtex manual page is based on the pdfetex
+ manual page.
+
+2004-05-08 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * omega.man: Document -halt-on-error.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Document -halt-on-error.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Document -halt-on-error.
+
+ * etex.man: Document -halt-on-error.
+
+ * tex.man: Document -halt-on-error.
+
+ * mf.man: Document -halt-on-error.
+
+ * mpost.man: Document -halt-on-error.
+
+2004-05-04 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * mf.man: Remove mention of mfw, document mf-nowin instead.
+
+2004-03-28 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Document -no-shell-escape, -no-parse-first-line,
+ -no-file-line-error.
+
+ * etex.man: Document -no-shell-escape, -no-parse-first-line,
+ -no-file-line-error.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Document -no-shell-escape, -no-parse-first-line,
+ -no-file-line-error.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Document -no-shell-escape, -no-parse-first-line,
+ -no-file-line-error.
+
+ * mf.man: Document -no-parse-first-line, -no-file-line-error.
+
+ * mpost.man: Document -no-parse-first-line, -no-file-line-error.
+
+2004-03-25 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Update for new/previously undocumented options.
+
+ * etex.man: Update for new/previously undocumented options.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Update for new/previously undocumented options.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Update for new/previously undocumented options.
+
+2004-02-26 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Makefile.in [manfiles]: Add pdfxtex.1.
+
+2003-12-14 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * latex.man: Misspelt \*(TX macro, found by Eric S. Raymond
+ <esr@thyrsus.com>.
+
+2002-12-14 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Clarify notes of first-line parsing.
+
+2002-11-30 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * mpost.man: Replace references to 'mp' with references to
+ 'mpost'.
+
+2002-11-11 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Document -parse-first-line; document TeX vs TeXk.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Document -parse-first-line; document pdfTeX vs
+ pdfTeXk.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Document -parse-first-line; document pdfeTeX vs
+ pdfeTeXk.
+
+ * omega.man: Document -parse-first-line; document Omega vs Omegak.
+
+ * mpost.man: Document -parse-first-line.
+
+ * mf.man: Document -parse-first-line.
+
+ * etex.man: Document -parse-first-line; document e-TeX vs e-TeXk.
+
+2002-10-23 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * omega.man: Updated mailing list info (badly of out date now) --
+ replaced with a reference to the web site.
+
+2002-10-22 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * omega.man: Document oft extension instead of fmt.
+
+2002-10-20 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Document -jobname option.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Document -jobname option.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Document -jobname option.
+
+ * mpost.man: Document -jobname option.
+
+ * mf.man: Document -jobname option.
+
+ * etex.man: Document -jobname option.
+
+ * tangle.man: Document new options.
+
+2002-07-26 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * mpost.man: No such thing as .F macro... Found by "Eric
+ S. Raymond" <esr@golux.thyrsus.com>.
+
+2001-11-27 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * mf.man: Mention mfw.
+
+2001-11-18 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Document --recorder option.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Document --recorder option.
+
+ * omega.man: Document --recorder option.
+
+ * mpost.man: Document --recorder option.
+
+ * mf.man: Document --recorder option.
+
+ * etex.man: Document --recorder option.
+
+2001-11-10 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Document -file-line-error-style.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Document -file-line-error-style.
+
+ * pdfetex.man: Document -file-line-error-style.
+
+ * mpost.man: Document -file-line-error-style.
+
+ * mf.man: Document -file-line-error-style.
+
+ * etex.man: Document -file-line-error-style.
+
+2001-10-24 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Typos.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Typo.
+
+ * etex.man: Typo.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add pdfetex manual page.
+
+2001-10-14 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * mf.man: Change /usr/ucb/vi to vi in example, as the path given
+ is system-dependent.
+
+2001-09-26 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * newer.man: Correct description of the exit conditions. After
+ Oliver Moeller <omoeller@csd.uu.se>.
+
+2000-04-13 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * etex.man, omega.man, pdftex.man, tex.man:
+ Remove references to undump.
+
+2000-04-03 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * dvitomp.man: New file by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Add dvitomp manual page.
+
+1999-06-28 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * omega.man: Mention the empty-path-component trick.
+
+ * tex.man: Mention the empty-path-component trick.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Mention the empty-path-component trick.
+
+ * etex.man: Mention the empty-path-component trick.
+
+1999-05-29 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man, pdftex.man, mpost.man, mf.man, latex.man, etex.man:
+ Correct date.
+
+1999-03-23 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * tex.man: Account for --translate-file option, %&
+ --translate-file tcxname construct.
+
+ * pdftex.man, mpost.man, mf.man, etex.man: Account for
+ --translate-file option.
+
+1999-01-27 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * latex.man: Correct typography of pdfTeX.
+
+1999-01-24 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * dvicopy.man: Update page; description is still incomplete.
+
+1999-01-13 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Rename kpathsea.make to kpathsea.mk.
+
+1999-01-10 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * pdftex.man: Add definition of MF macro.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Change of ../make/*.make to ../make/*.mk.
+
+Fri Apr 10 06:24:25 1998 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * etex.man: Definition of MF macro added.
+
+ * omega.man: Defnition of MF macro was missing.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Definition of MF macro was missing.
+
+Sat Mar 7 18:16:40 1998 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * omega.man: Add authors list.
+
+ * pdftex.man: Add authors list.
+
+Tue Mar 3 09:07:10 1998 Olaf Weber <olaf@infovore.xs4all.nl>
+
+ * omega.man: Corrected instructions for subscribing to the omega
+ list.
+
+Fri Jan 9 21:14:37 1998 Olaf Weber <infovore@xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Include clean.make, add a default target.
+
+Sun Jan 4 15:57:34 1998 Olaf Weber <infovore@xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Use man.make to supply rules for manual pages.
+
+ * Makefile.in: Changes to cope with new manual pages.
+
+Tue Dec 30 17:46:24 1997 Olaf Weber <infovore@xs4all.nl>
+
+ * Changes to all pages in an attempt to get them up-to-date. Some
+ pages (amslatex, lamstex, slitex, initex, virtex) have been
+ removed. Some renamed (etex -> eplain). Some added (etex,
+ pdftex, omega).
+
+Tue Dec 12 16:52:12 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.in (sedscript): Correct path for c-auto.h. From Ulrik.
+
+Tue Jun 13 11:31:35 1995 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * Makefile.in: Use ../web2c, not /w.
+
+Mon Dec 19 13:07:24 1994 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * dvitype.man: The .dvi file extended if necessary.
+ * vftovp.man: Similarly.
+
+Sat Dec 17 16:44:49 1994 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * tftopl.man: Both the .tfm and .pl files are extended if
+ necessary now.
+ * vptovf.man: Similarly.
+
+Thu Nov 24 13:42:16 1994 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+
+ * bibtex.man: We don't use TEXINPUTS to look for .bst files now.
+
+Mon Feb 21 14:50:51 1994 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in: srcdir changes from simon.
+
+Wed Feb 2 11:00:09 1994 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Version 6.1.
+
+Mon Jan 24 07:31:37 1994 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Version 6.0.
+
+Sat Jan 22 06:48:27 1994 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * *.man: Remove ==== line after NAME section, since Sun's
+ makewhatis doesn't ignore it.
+
+Tue Dec 14 20:02:06 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * *.man: Update for new path variables, etc.
+ * Makefile.in (sedscript): Likewise.
+
+Sun Dec 12 19:14:19 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * mf.man: Don't mention cmsources.
+ * Makefile.in (cmsources): Don't bother with this.
+ (sedscript): Don't substitute for this, and rm the dependency on
+ lib/paths.h, since it doesn't exist any more.
+
+Sun Dec 5 16:04:51 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * tex.man: Document the envvars MAKETEXTEX, USE_MAKETEXTEX, etc.
+ * mf.man: Likewise.
+
+Sun Nov 14 11:58:01 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in: texfontdir => fontdir.
+
+Thu Oct 7 10:04:22 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * latex.man: Mention the LaTeX manual and the local guide. From
+ tuttle@crl.dec.com.
+
+Sat Jul 10 09:24:56 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * mf.man: The word `facilitates' bothers me.
+
+Tue May 18 14:03:49 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-*): mkdirchain on install dirs.
+
+Sun May 9 13:22:00 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Use ! instead of %, which loses on the EDITOR string.
+
+Tue May 4 10:23:33 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * weave.man: Correct date, other miscellany.
+
+Mon Mar 29 08:57:19 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * bibtex.man: System default for BSTINPUTS is BSTINPUTS, not
+ TEXINPUTS.
+
+Sat Mar 13 10:38:14 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * bibtex.man: Had stdout sentence end in wrong place.
+
+ * Makefile.in (sedscript): Use % instead of ; to delimit sed
+ arguments, since ; might occur in the yytext declaration. (From
+ ilan343@violet.berkeley.edu.)
+
+Sun Feb 28 10:52:01 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Separate clean targets.
+
+ * Makefile.in (clean): Don't remove Makefile here.
+
+Sun Feb 21 08:28:14 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Version 5.851d.
+
+Tue Feb 16 17:54:04 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in (install-exec, install-data): New targets.
+
+Fri Feb 12 12:43:04 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * tangle.man, weave.man: Separate.
+
+Fri Jan 29 12:07:08 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * tex.man: Describe texfonts.map.
+
+Mon Jan 25 13:55:40 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in (sedscript): Don't use $@; get definitions from
+ c-auto.h as well as paths.h.
+
+Thu Jan 14 08:08:20 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * bibtex.man: Mention that DEK's bibtex doesn't have some of our
+ features.
+
+Sun Jan 3 13:35:05 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * etex.man: The listed features aren't the only ones.
+
+ * Makefile.in (distclean): Remove Makefile.
+
+Sat Jan 2 15:58:52 1993 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in (dw, spell, check, .ps, .txt): New targets from beebe.
+ * *.man: Likewise.
+
+Fri Dec 18 13:32:01 1992 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * tftopl.man: .tfm is now added if necessary.
+
+Mon Dec 14 07:40:07 1992 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * <many>.man: Remove end-of-sentence periods after paths.
+
+Sun Dec 13 15:00:23 1992 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * bibtex.man: Document BSTINPUTS.
+
+Sat Dec 12 13:16:25 1992 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Makefile.in: Rewrite from Makefile.
+
+ * mf.man: Missing quotes in MFTERM line.
+
+Tue Oct 6 08:18:48 1992 Karl Berry (karl@cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * {mf,tex}.man: Use ~me instead of /usr/me.
+
+ * {gftodvi,gftopk,gftype,pktogf,pktype,vftovp}.man: Current
+ directory is not searched first.
+
+Fri Sep 4 09:02:22 1992 Karl Berry (karl@hayley)
+
+ * Makefile (extraclean): new target.
+
+Sun Jul 5 07:26:14 1992 Karl Berry (karl@hayley)
+
+ * tex.man: avoid lines >= 80 chars.
+
+ * Makefile (*clean): remove *.dvi and *.log; have `mostlyclean' do
+ nothing.
+
+Tue Jun 23 09:14:07 1992 Karl Berry (karl@hayley)
+
+ * Makefile (manext): default to `1', not `l'.
+
+Fri May 29 16:54:43 1992 Karl Berry (karl@hayley)
+
+ * bibtex.man: more paragraphs, etc.
+
+Sat May 23 12:26:53 1992 Karl Berry (karl@hayley)
+
+ * tex.man: document slightly different path searching.
+
+Thu May 14 19:21:49 1992 Karl Berry (karl@claude.cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Version 5.851c.
+
+Thu Apr 23 12:06:30 1992 Karl Berry (karl@hayley)
+
+ * tex.man, mf.man: fix nroff quote problems.
+ * Makefile (sedscript): toss trailing comments.
+ These changes from Andreas.
+
+Thu Apr 16 13:49:36 1992 Karl Berry (karl@ra.cs.umb.edu)
+
+ * Version 5.851b.
+
+Sun Apr 12 11:51:58 1992 Karl Berry (karl@hayley)
+
+ * tex.man: . not searched first anymore.
+
+Fri Apr 3 09:55:14 1992 Karl Berry (karl at hayley)
+
+ * Version 5.851a.
+
+Sat Mar 21 09:14:20 1992 Karl Berry (karl at hayley)
+
+ * patgen.man: update for patgen2.
+
+ * *.man: (ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES): rename to `ENVIRONMENT'; remove
+ references to TEXFONTS_SUBDIR.
+
+ * tex.man (ENVIRONMENT): mention ~.
+
+ * Makefile (sedscript): depend using srcdir, not SITEDIR.
+
+Fri Mar 20 16:43:23 1992 Karl Berry (karl at hayley)
+
+ * Makefile (mostlyclean): new name for `clean'.
+ (clean): what `realclean' used to be.
+ (realclean): nothing to do anymore.
+ (install): install the stuff.
+
+Sat Feb 1 16:45:54 1992 Karl Berry (karl at hayley)
+
+ * tex.man: update path searching info.
+
+Sat Jan 11 08:47:26 1992 Karl Berry (karl at hayley)
+
+ * Makefile (initex.1, virtex.1): new targets.
+
+Tue Jan 7 16:04:29 1992 Karl Berry (karl at hayley)
+
+ * Use `1 Jan 1992' date format.
+
+(This ChangeLog file public domain.)
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.am b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9be66048d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+## $Id$
+## Makefile.am for the TeX Live subdirectory texk/web2c/man/
+## Copyright 2015-2019 Karl Berry <tex-live@tug.org>
+## Copyright 2009-2015 Peter Breitenlohner <tex-live@tug.org>
+## You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file.
+##
+man_sources = $(bootstrap_man_sources)
+EXTRA_DIST = $(bootstrap_man_sources)
+bootstrap_man_sources = ctie.man cweb.man ctwill.man tangle.man tie.man
+
+# Symlinks within $(man1dir): FILE:LINK indicates LINK.1->FILE.1
+man1_links = cweb:ctangle cweb:cweave
+man1_links += ctwill:ctwill-refsort ctwill:ctwill-twinx
+
+if WEB
+man_sources += $(web_man_sources)
+endif WEB
+EXTRA_DIST += $(web_man_sources)
+web_man_sources = bibtex.man dvicopy.man dvitomp.man dvitype.man gftodvi.man \
+ gftopk.man gftype.man mft.man patgen.man pktogf.man pktype.man \
+ pltotf.man pooltype.man tftopl.man vftovp.man vptovf.man weave.man
+
+if TEX
+man_sources += tex.man
+man1_links += tex:initex
+endif TEX
+EXTRA_DIST += tex.man
+
+if MF
+man_sources += mf.man
+man1_links += mf:inimf
+if MFN
+man1_links += mf:mf-nowin
+endif MFN
+endif MF
+EXTRA_DIST += mf.man
+
+if MP
+man_sources += mpost.man
+endif MP
+EXTRA_DIST += mpost.man
+
+if ETEX
+man_sources += etex.man
+endif ETEX
+EXTRA_DIST += etex.man
+
+if PDFTEX
+man_sources += $(pdftex_man_sources)
+man1_links += pdftex:pdflatex
+endif PDFTEX
+pdftex_man_sources = pdftex.man pdftosrc.man ttf2afm.man
+EXTRA_DIST += $(pdftex_man_sources)
+
+if PTEX
+man_sources += ptex.man
+man1_links += ptex:eptex ptex:euptex ptex:uptex
+man_sources += ppltotf.man ptftopl.man
+man1_links += ppltotf:uppltotf ptftopl:uptftopl
+endif PTEX
+EXTRA_DIST += ptex.man ppltotf.man ptftopl.man
+
+if LUATEX
+man_sources += luatex.man
+man1_links += luatex:texlua luatex:texluac \
+ luatex:luahbtex luatex:luajittex \
+ luatex:dviluatex
+endif LUATEX
+EXTRA_DIST += luatex.man
+
+if XETEX
+man_sources += xetex.man
+endif XETEX
+EXTRA_DIST += xetex.man
+
+if OTANGLE
+man_sources += $(otangle_man_sources)
+man1_links += dvicopy:odvicopy dvitype:odvitype tangle:otangle
+endif OTANGLE
+EXTRA_DIST += $(otangle_man_sources)
+otangle_man_sources = ofm2opl.man opl2ofm.man ovf2ovp.man ovp2ovf.man
+
+if ALEPH
+man_sources += aleph.man
+man1_links += aleph:lamed
+endif ALEPH
+EXTRA_DIST += aleph.man
+
+man_sources += $(misc_man_sources)
+EXTRA_DIST += $(misc_man_sources)
+misc_man_sources = \
+ amstex.man \
+ latex.man \
+ latex-dev.man \
+ pdfetex.man
+
+man1_links += latex-dev:pdflatex-dev \
+ latex-dev:xelatex-dev \
+ latex-dev:lualatex-dev \
+ latex-dev:dvilualatex-dev \
+ latex-dev:platex-dev \
+ latex-dev:uplatex-dev
+
+include $(top_srcdir)/../../am/man.am
+
+include $(top_srcdir)/../../am/man1_links.am
+
+install-data-hook: install-man1-links
+
+uninstall-hook: uninstall-man1-links
+
+EXTRA_DIST += \
+ spell.add
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.in b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d1f17396429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,786 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = { \
+ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
+ false; \
+ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
+ true; \
+ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
+ true; \
+ else \
+ false; \
+ fi; \
+}
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+ case $${target_option-} in \
+ ?) ;; \
+ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ has_opt=no; \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+ else \
+ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+ *\\[\ \ ]*) \
+ bs=\\; \
+ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
+ esac; \
+ fi; \
+ skip_next=no; \
+ strip_trailopt () \
+ { \
+ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+ }; \
+ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *=*|--*) continue;; \
+ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+ esac; \
+ case $$flg in \
+ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+@WEB_TRUE@am__append_1 = $(web_man_sources)
+@TEX_TRUE@am__append_2 = tex.man
+@TEX_TRUE@am__append_3 = tex:initex
+@MF_TRUE@am__append_4 = mf.man
+@MF_TRUE@am__append_5 = mf:inimf
+@MFN_TRUE@@MF_TRUE@am__append_6 = mf:mf-nowin
+@MP_TRUE@am__append_7 = mpost.man
+@ETEX_TRUE@am__append_8 = etex.man
+@PDFTEX_TRUE@am__append_9 = $(pdftex_man_sources)
+@PDFTEX_TRUE@am__append_10 = pdftex:pdflatex
+@PTEX_TRUE@am__append_11 = ptex.man ppltotf.man ptftopl.man
+@PTEX_TRUE@am__append_12 = ptex:eptex ptex:euptex ptex:uptex \
+@PTEX_TRUE@ ppltotf:uppltotf ptftopl:uptftopl
+@LUATEX_TRUE@am__append_13 = luatex.man
+@LUATEX_TRUE@am__append_14 = luatex:texlua luatex:texluac \
+@LUATEX_TRUE@ luatex:luahbtex luatex:luajittex \
+@LUATEX_TRUE@ luatex:dviluatex
+
+@XETEX_TRUE@am__append_15 = xetex.man
+@OTANGLE_TRUE@am__append_16 = $(otangle_man_sources)
+@OTANGLE_TRUE@am__append_17 = dvicopy:odvicopy dvitype:odvitype tangle:otangle
+@ALEPH_TRUE@am__append_18 = aleph.man
+@ALEPH_TRUE@am__append_19 = aleph:lamed
+subdir = man
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/web2c-disable.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/ax_cxx_compile_stdcxx.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-asm.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-cairo-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-common.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-cross.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-cxx-hack.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-fontconfig-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-freetype2-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-gmp-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-graphite2-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-harfbuzz-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-icu-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-kpathsea-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-lex.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-lib-version.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-libpng-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-lt-hack.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-lua52-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-lua53-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-luajit-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-macos-framework.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-mpfr-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-pixman-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-pplib-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-ptexenc-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-socket-libs.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-teckit-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-warnings.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-web2c.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-win32.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-xpdf-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-zlib-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/kpse-zziplib-flags.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/libtool.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/ltsugar.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../version.ac $(top_srcdir)/ac/web2c.ac \
+ $(top_srcdir)/synctexdir/ac/synctex.ac \
+ $(top_srcdir)/synctexdir/synctex_parser_api_level.txt \
+ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/w2c/c-auto.h \
+ $(top_builddir)/ff-config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 =
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+ n|no|NO) false;; \
+ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+ esac
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
+ test -z "$$files" \
+ || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
+ || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
+ }
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(nodist_man1_MANS)
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_srcdir)/../../am/man.am \
+ $(top_srcdir)/../../am/man1_links.am ChangeLog README
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+AR = @AR@
+AS = @AS@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CAIRO_DEPEND = @CAIRO_DEPEND@
+CAIRO_INCLUDES = @CAIRO_INCLUDES@
+CAIRO_LIBS = @CAIRO_LIBS@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CTANGLE = @CTANGLE@
+CTANGLEBOOT = @CTANGLEBOOT@
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
+CXXDEPMODE = @CXXDEPMODE@
+CXXFLAGS = @CXXFLAGS@
+CXXLD = @CXXLD@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
+DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
+DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FGREP = @FGREP@
+FONTCONFIG_INCLUDES = @FONTCONFIG_INCLUDES@
+FONTCONFIG_LIBS = @FONTCONFIG_LIBS@
+FREETYPE2_DEPEND = @FREETYPE2_DEPEND@
+FREETYPE2_INCLUDES = @FREETYPE2_INCLUDES@
+FREETYPE2_LIBS = @FREETYPE2_LIBS@
+FT2_CONFIG = @FT2_CONFIG@
+GMP_DEPEND = @GMP_DEPEND@
+GMP_INCLUDES = @GMP_INCLUDES@
+GMP_LIBS = @GMP_LIBS@
+GRAPHITE2_DEPEND = @GRAPHITE2_DEPEND@
+GRAPHITE2_INCLUDES = @GRAPHITE2_INCLUDES@
+GRAPHITE2_LIBS = @GRAPHITE2_LIBS@
+GREP = @GREP@
+HARFBUZZ_DEPEND = @HARFBUZZ_DEPEND@
+HARFBUZZ_INCLUDES = @HARFBUZZ_INCLUDES@
+HARFBUZZ_LIBS = @HARFBUZZ_LIBS@
+HAVE_CXX11 = @HAVE_CXX11@
+ICU_CONFIG = @ICU_CONFIG@
+ICU_DEPEND = @ICU_DEPEND@
+ICU_INCLUDES = @ICU_INCLUDES@
+ICU_LIBS = @ICU_LIBS@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+KPATHSEA_DEPEND = @KPATHSEA_DEPEND@
+KPATHSEA_INCLUDES = @KPATHSEA_INCLUDES@
+KPATHSEA_LIBS = @KPATHSEA_LIBS@
+KPATHSEA_PATHS_H = @KPATHSEA_PATHS_H@
+KPSEWHICH = @KPSEWHICH@
+LD = @LD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LEX = @LEX@
+LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
+LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBPNG_DEPEND = @LIBPNG_DEPEND@
+LIBPNG_INCLUDES = @LIBPNG_INCLUDES@
+LIBPNG_LIBS = @LIBPNG_LIBS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBSYNCTEX = @LIBSYNCTEX@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LIPO = @LIPO@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+LTLIBSYNCTEX = @LTLIBSYNCTEX@
+LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
+LUA52_DEFINES = @LUA52_DEFINES@
+LUA52_DEPEND = @LUA52_DEPEND@
+LUA52_INCLUDES = @LUA52_INCLUDES@
+LUA52_LIBS = @LUA52_LIBS@
+LUA53_DEFINES = @LUA53_DEFINES@
+LUA53_DEPEND = @LUA53_DEPEND@
+LUA53_INCLUDES = @LUA53_INCLUDES@
+LUA53_LIBS = @LUA53_LIBS@
+LUAJIT_DEFINES = @LUAJIT_DEFINES@
+LUAJIT_DEPEND = @LUAJIT_DEPEND@
+LUAJIT_INCLUDES = @LUAJIT_INCLUDES@
+LUAJIT_LDEXTRA = @LUAJIT_LDEXTRA@
+LUAJIT_LIBS = @LUAJIT_LIBS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+MPFR_DEPEND = @MPFR_DEPEND@
+MPFR_INCLUDES = @MPFR_INCLUDES@
+MPFR_LIBS = @MPFR_LIBS@
+NM = @NM@
+NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
+OBJCXX = @OBJCXX@
+OBJCXXDEPMODE = @OBJCXXDEPMODE@
+OBJCXXFLAGS = @OBJCXXFLAGS@
+OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OTANGLE = @OTANGLE@
+OTOOL = @OTOOL@
+OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PIXMAN_DEPEND = @PIXMAN_DEPEND@
+PIXMAN_INCLUDES = @PIXMAN_INCLUDES@
+PIXMAN_LIBS = @PIXMAN_LIBS@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PPLIB_DEPEND = @PPLIB_DEPEND@
+PPLIB_INCLUDES = @PPLIB_INCLUDES@
+PPLIB_LIBS = @PPLIB_LIBS@
+PTEXENC_DEPEND = @PTEXENC_DEPEND@
+PTEXENC_INCLUDES = @PTEXENC_INCLUDES@
+PTEXENC_LIBS = @PTEXENC_LIBS@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+SYNCTEXVERSION = @SYNCTEXVERSION@
+SYNCTEX_LT_VERSINFO = @SYNCTEX_LT_VERSINFO@
+TANGLE = @TANGLE@
+TANGLEBOOT = @TANGLEBOOT@
+TECKIT_DEPEND = @TECKIT_DEPEND@
+TECKIT_INCLUDES = @TECKIT_INCLUDES@
+TECKIT_LIBS = @TECKIT_LIBS@
+TIE = @TIE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
+WARNING_CXXFLAGS = @WARNING_CXXFLAGS@
+WARNING_OBJCXXFLAGS = @WARNING_OBJCXXFLAGS@
+WEB2CVERSION = @WEB2CVERSION@
+XMKMF = @XMKMF@
+XPDF_DEPEND = @XPDF_DEPEND@
+XPDF_INCLUDES = @XPDF_INCLUDES@
+XPDF_LIBS = @XPDF_LIBS@
+X_CFLAGS = @X_CFLAGS@
+X_EXTRA_LIBS = @X_EXTRA_LIBS@
+X_LIBS = @X_LIBS@
+X_PRE_LIBS = @X_PRE_LIBS@
+YACC = @YACC@
+YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@
+ZLIB_DEPEND = @ZLIB_DEPEND@
+ZLIB_INCLUDES = @ZLIB_INCLUDES@
+ZLIB_LIBS = @ZLIB_LIBS@
+ZZIPLIB_DEPEND = @ZZIPLIB_DEPEND@
+ZZIPLIB_INCLUDES = @ZZIPLIB_INCLUDES@
+ZZIPLIB_LIBS = @ZZIPLIB_LIBS@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_CXX = @ac_ct_CXX@
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+ac_ct_OBJCXX = @ac_ct_OBJCXX@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+ipc_socketlibs = @ipc_socketlibs@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+lua_socketlibs = @lua_socketlibs@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+subdirs = @subdirs@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+wlibs = @wlibs@
+x_ext_lib = @x_ext_lib@
+x_tool_libs = @x_tool_libs@
+man_sources = $(bootstrap_man_sources) $(am__append_1) $(am__append_2) \
+ $(am__append_4) $(am__append_7) $(am__append_8) \
+ $(am__append_9) $(am__append_11) $(am__append_13) \
+ $(am__append_15) $(am__append_16) $(am__append_18) \
+ $(misc_man_sources)
+EXTRA_DIST = $(bootstrap_man_sources) $(web_man_sources) tex.man \
+ mf.man mpost.man etex.man $(pdftex_man_sources) ptex.man \
+ ppltotf.man ptftopl.man luatex.man xetex.man \
+ $(otangle_man_sources) aleph.man $(misc_man_sources) spell.add
+bootstrap_man_sources = ctie.man cweb.man ctwill.man tangle.man tie.man
+
+# Symlinks within $(man1dir): FILE:LINK indicates LINK.1->FILE.1
+man1_links = cweb:ctangle cweb:cweave ctwill:ctwill-refsort \
+ ctwill:ctwill-twinx $(am__append_3) $(am__append_5) \
+ $(am__append_6) $(am__append_10) $(am__append_12) \
+ $(am__append_14) $(am__append_17) $(am__append_19) \
+ latex-dev:pdflatex-dev latex-dev:xelatex-dev \
+ latex-dev:lualatex-dev latex-dev:dvilualatex-dev \
+ latex-dev:platex-dev latex-dev:uplatex-dev
+web_man_sources = bibtex.man dvicopy.man dvitomp.man dvitype.man gftodvi.man \
+ gftopk.man gftype.man mft.man patgen.man pktogf.man pktype.man \
+ pltotf.man pooltype.man tftopl.man vftovp.man vptovf.man weave.man
+
+pdftex_man_sources = pdftex.man pdftosrc.man ttf2afm.man
+otangle_man_sources = ofm2opl.man opl2ofm.man ovf2ovp.man ovp2ovf.man
+misc_man_sources = \
+ amstex.man \
+ latex.man \
+ latex-dev.man \
+ pdfetex.man
+
+SUFFIXES = .1 .man .ps .dvi
+man_files = $(man_sources:.man=.1)
+nodist_man1_MANS = $(man_files)
+DITROFF = groff
+DVIS = $(man_files:.1=.dvi)
+PSS = $(man_files:.1=.ps)
+DISTCLEANFILES = sedscript $(man_files) $(DVIS) $(PSS)
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .1 .man .ps .dvi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/../../am/man.am $(top_srcdir)/../../am/man1_links.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile'; \
+ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign man/Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \
+ esac;
+$(top_srcdir)/../../am/man.am $(top_srcdir)/../../am/man1_links.am $(am__empty):
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+mostlyclean-libtool:
+ -rm -f *.lo
+
+clean-libtool:
+ -rm -rf .libs _libs
+install-man1: $(nodist_man1_MANS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ @list1='$(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
+ list2=''; \
+ test -n "$(man1dir)" \
+ && test -n "`echo $$list1$$list2`" \
+ || exit 0; \
+ echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
+ $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit 1; \
+ { for i in $$list1; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+ if test -n "$$list2"; then \
+ for i in $$list2; do echo "$$i"; done \
+ | sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+ fi; \
+ } | while read p; do \
+ if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+ done | \
+ sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
+ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+ sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+ list=; while read file base inst; do \
+ if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+ while read files; do \
+ test -z "$$files" || { \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+ done; }
+
+uninstall-man1:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list='$(nodist_man1_MANS)'; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
+ files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+ } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
+ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+ dir='$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'; $(am__uninstall_files_from_dir)
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
+
+cscope cscopelist:
+
+
+distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am
+
+distdir-am: $(DISTFILES)
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+ case $$dist_files in \
+ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+ sort -u` ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for file in $$dist_files; do \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
+installdirs:
+ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"; do \
+ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+ done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ install; \
+ else \
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
+ fi
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+ -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+ -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-man
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-data-hook
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man: install-man1
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-man
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall-hook
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-data-am install-strip uninstall-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ cscopelist-am ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \
+ distclean-libtool distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
+ install install-am install-data install-data-am \
+ install-data-hook install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
+ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
+ install-info-am install-man install-man1 install-pdf \
+ install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+ installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+ mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \
+ uninstall-am uninstall-hook uninstall-man uninstall-man1
+
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+
+
+.man.1:
+ $(AM_V_GEN)sed -f sedscript $< >$@
+$(man_files): sedscript
+
+# At present, all but VERSION should be unused.
+sedscript: $(KPATHSEA_PATHS_H)/kpathsea/paths.h
+ $(AM_V_GEN)( \
+ sed -n -e '/^#define/s/#define[ ][ ]*\([A-Z_a-z][A-Z_a-z]*\)[ ][ ]*\(.*\)/s%@\1@%\2%/p' \
+ $(KPATHSEA_PATHS_H)/kpathsea/paths.h \
+ | sed -e 's/"//g' -e 's/[ ]*\/\*[^*]*\*\///g'; \
+ echo 's%@VER''SION@%$(VERSION)%'; \
+ echo 's%@BINDIR@%$(bindir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@INFODIR@%$(infodir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@TEXINPUTDIR@%$(texinputdir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@MFINPUTDIR@%$(mfinputdir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@MPINPUTDIR@%$(mpinputdir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@FONTDIR@%$(fontdir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@FMTDIR@%$(fmtdir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@BASEDIR@%$(basedir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@MEMDIR@%$(memdir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@TEXPOOLDIR@%$(texpooldir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@MFPOOLDIR@%$(mfpooldir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@MPPOOLDIR@%$(mppooldir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@FONTMAPDIR@%$(dvipsdir)%'; \
+ echo 's%@LOCALMODES@%$(localmodes)%') >sedscript
+
+.1.dvi:
+ $(DITROFF) -Tdvi -man $< >$@
+
+.1.ps:
+ $(DITROFF) -Tps -man $< >$@
+.PHONY: install-man1-links uninstall-man1-links
+
+install-man1-links:
+ @cd $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir) && \
+ for s in $(man1_links); do \
+ link=`echo $$s | sed 's,.*:,,'`; \
+ file=`echo $$s | sed 's,:.*,,'`; \
+ rm -f $$link.1; \
+ echo "creating link '$$link.1' -> '$$file.1'"; \
+ echo ".so man1/$$file.1" >$$link.1; \
+ done
+
+uninstall-man1-links:
+ @for s in $(man1_links); do \
+ link=`echo $$s | sed 's,.*:,,'`; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$link.1; \
+ done
+
+install-data-hook: install-man1-links
+
+uninstall-hook: uninstall-man1-links
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/README b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7f11613a67b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/README
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+(This file written by Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>.)
+
+This directory contains UNIX manual pages for TeXware and MFware.
+
+Here are some guidelines for writing UNIX manual page files, based on
+the standards used by Sun Microsystems. The manual pages in this
+directory have been revised to conform to these guidelines.
+
+*** The sections of a manual page are identified by these headings:
+
+.TH PROGRAM 1 "dd month yyyy"
+.SH NAME
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.SH FILES
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.SH AUTHOR
+
+Additional sections may be supplied, but the above section order
+should be preserved. If you are adding a new section, try to find
+several examples in existing UNIX manual pages to justify the header
+name you choose.
+
+To improve readability of the [nt]roff man page files in this
+directory, each section header has been prefixed by a comment line of
+the form
+.\"=====================================================================
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+*** The
+
+.TH PROGRAM 1 "dd month yyyy"
+
+line should be the first [nt]roff dotted command in the .man file,
+other than comments, which begin with the 3-character sequence .\".
+
+The PROGRAM name should be spelled entirely in uppercase letters.
+
+The single character following PROGRAM is the manual page section,
+generally 1 for user commands. Any character from the set [1-8nl] is
+recognized by the UNIX man command, but the sections have specific
+meanings (1=user commands, 2=system calls, 3=library routines, 4=special
+files, 5=file formats and conventions, 6=games, 7=macro packages and
+language conventions, 8=maintenance, l=local, and n=new).
+
+Historically, man page files were stored in /usr/man/man[1-8nl], with
+local additions to /usr/man/manl. That approach offered no
+subdivision of local additions into sections, so the trend today is to
+leave the /usr/man tree in the state supplied by the vendor, and to
+maintain a separate tree, /usr/man/man[1-8nl], to hold local
+additions. Most UNIX man implementations support a MANPATH variable
+to specify a search path, such as /usr/man:/usr/local/man.
+
+If your man command doesn't support a MANPATH variable, get the
+freely-available man implementation man-1.0.tar.Z available on several
+Internet archive sites, including gatekeeper.dec.com in
+/.8/GNU/man-1.0.tar.Z. Some bugs exist in that version, and fixes were
+supplied to the program's author on 12 December 1992, so look for a new
+version, or ask Nelson Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> for a set of patches.
+This new man implementation has some nice features, including support
+for compressed files, and checking of formatted and raw file time stamps
+to decide whether to reformat or not. Furthermore, it can be configured
+to use either [nt]roff, or GNU groff; some UNIX vendors charge extra for
+[nt]roff, so groff may offer a cheaper man page implementation.
+
+The last argument to .TH is the date in the form 01 December 1992; the
+month is NOT abbreviated.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+*** Following
+.SH NAME
+should be a single line with NO macros, such as
+
+bibtex \- make a bibliography for (La)TeX
+
+This line is very important, because it is used by the "man -k" and
+"apropos" commands to look up commands by keywords; every word in the
+line is a potential keyword match.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+*** Following
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+there should be one or more lines in the form
+
+.B vftovp
+[
+.B \-verbose
+]
+[
+.BI \-charcode-format =format
+]
+.I vf_file_name
+.I tfm_file_name
+[
+.I vpl_file_name
+]
+
+Program names and option switches are typeset in bold type (.B), and
+file names in italics (.I). Switch values are in italics.
+
+Give option switches in alphabetical order in the SYNOPSIS
+section, and their descriptions in the same order in the OPTIONS
+section.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+*** Here are some general [nt]roff hints for writing the
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+section.
+
+
+*** Separate paragraphs by a .PP command, not by blank lines.
+
+
+*** When using the multi-font selectors, like .BI (bold, then italic),
+remember that fonts alternate in the following space-separated words:
+
+.BI aaa bbb ccc ddd
+
+will typeset aaa and cccc in bold, and bbb and ddd in italic, with NO
+intervening spaces, so the result here will be aaabbbcccddd. If you
+want spaces between the words, use quotation marks:
+
+.BI "aaa " "bbb " "ccc " ddd
+
+will produce aaa bbb ccc ddd.
+
+Use [nt]roff dotted font change sequences (.I, .B, .BI, .BR, ...)
+instead of the \fX...\fP alternatives. The single exception is when
+you need quotation marks in italics, such as \fIsetenv FOOBAR "foo
+bar"\fP.
+
+
+*** Represent en dashes by the current font minus (\-), and use the
+same character in front of option switches. Hyphens in words, as
+``multi-font'', are written with the ASCII minus sign.
+
+
+*** Quotation marks are [nt]roff grouping commands, analogous to curly
+braces in TeX files. They will NOT survive in the formatted output.
+If you want typeset quotation marks, use ``phrase'', just as in TeX.
+
+
+*** Ellipses (...) in [nt]roff are coded as .\|.\|., for the same
+reason that \ldots{} is used in TeX instead of ....
+
+
+*** UNIX is a trademark of AT&T Bell Laboratories and must be spelled
+in uppercase letters.
+
+
+*** Watch out for spaces. Unlike TeX, [nt]roff preserve ALL input
+spaces. This means you cannot indent [nt]roff input for readability.
+Two spaces should follow a sentence-ending period, and otherwise, only
+one space should be used. Tabs are special in [nt]roff; they are used
+to separate columns of tables, like & in TeX, and no other character
+can be used for that purpose. The man page files in this directory
+contain no tabs, and trailing blanks have been stripped from all
+files.
+
+
+*** Do not used fixed indentation dimensions for displayed material.
+Instead, use .RS and .RE to mark the indented paragraphs, with .IP to
+separate paragraphs:
+
+.RS
+Blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.
+Blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.
+.IP
+Blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.
+Blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.
+.RE
+
+
+*** Use macros for phrases that require special typesetting, such as
+the TeX logo, and provide both nroff and troff definitions:
+
+.if n .ds AB nroff-definition
+.if t .ds AB troff-definition
+
+Macro names are exactly 2 characters long, and are referenced by \*(
+prefixed to their names, e.g. \*(AB.
+
+If a macro expansion requires another macro, it must be given after
+that macro. For example, the BibTeX and LaTeX macros follow the TeX
+macro so they can use \*(TX in their definitions.
+
+Suitable macros have been provided for TeX, BibTeX, LaTeX, Metafont,
+and Web, and adjusted for troff's default Times Roman typeface to
+match their appearance with Computer Modern typefaces.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+*** The
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+section should list all the relevant environment variables, with a brief
+description and system defaults if appropriate.
+
+
+*** Environment variables are spelled in uppercase letters, e.g.,
+TEXFONTS, and NO font size changes are made around them. When font
+sizes were changed in the past, many inconsistencies were present, so
+the practice has been abandoned.
+
+
+*** Do not use fixed dimensions for indented labelled paragraphs.
+Instead, use the width of the longest label, plus 2n, as follows:
+
+.TP \w'LONGESTLABEL'u+2n
+LABEL
+Blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.
+.TP
+LONGESTLABEL
+Blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.
+Blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah blah.
+
+If the longest label is extremely long, pick a somewhat shorter one so
+as to avoid having very short paragraph lines.
+
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+*** Spell TeX control sequences in Roman letters, doubling the
+backslash, e.g. \\input, or for better visibility, use italics
+with the backslash represented as \e:
+
+.I \einput
+
+Although some [nt]roff implementations support a typewriter font which
+is conventional for TeX control sequences, historically only roman,
+bold, italic, and special fonts were available.
+
+
+*** These manual pages in the *.man form are filtered by sedscript to
+expand @XYZ@ into something else, producing corresponding *.1 files
+which are installed in the system manual page directories. This is
+used to insert local paths into the manual pages, so that for example
+@TEXINPUTS@ is replaced by the local default TEXINPUTS search path.
+Such paths are set at installation time in the top-level Makefile.
+
+
+*** You can use the UNIX checknr utility to do a rudimentary validation of
+your manual page files, e.g.
+
+ checknr -c.BI.BR.IR.IB.RB.RI tex.man
+
+The -c.BI.BR.IR.IB.RB.RI is needed because checknr doesn't know about
+the -man document style, and otherwise complains about those font
+change commands. The command "make check" will run checknr with each
+of the *.1 files.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/aleph.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/aleph.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9a34ad16c19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/aleph.man
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+.TH ALEPH 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
+.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
+.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+aleph \- extended Unicode TeX
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B aleph
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
+.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Run the Aleph typesetter on
+.IR file ,
+usually creating
+.IR file.dvi .
+If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
+Instead of a filename, a set of Aleph commands can be given, the first
+of which must start with a backslash.
+With a
+.BI & format
+argument Aleph uses a different set of precompiled commands,
+contained in
+.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
+it is usually better to use the
+.B -fmt
+.I format
+option instead.
+.PP
+Aleph is a version of the \*(TX program modified for multilingual
+typesetting. It uses Unicode, and has additional primitives for
+(among other things) bidirectional typesetting.
+.PP
+Aleph's command line options are similar to those of \*(TX.
+.PP
+Aleph is no longer being actively developed; see LuaTeX for current
+activity.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Run aleph --help to see the complete list of options; this is not
+exhaustive.
+.TP
+.BI -cnf-line \ string
+Parse
+.I string
+as a
+.I texmf.cnf
+configuration line. See the Kpathsea manual.
+.TP
+.BI --fmt \ format
+Use
+.I format
+as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
+Aleph was called or a
+.I %&
+line.
+.TP
+.B --halt-on-error
+Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
+.TP
+.B --help
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+.B --ini
+Be `initial' Aleph for dumping formats; this is implicitly true if the
+program is called as
+.BR inialeph .
+.TP
+.BI --interaction \ mode
+Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
+.IR batchmode ,
+.IR nonstopmode ,
+.IR scrollmode ,
+and
+.IR errorstopmode .
+The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
+\ecommands.
+.TP
+.B --ipc
+Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file. Whether
+this option is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.B --ipc-start
+As
+.BR --ipc ,
+and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
+is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.BI --kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
+Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
+.I Kpathsea
+manual for details.
+.TP
+.BI --maketex \ fmt
+Enable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be one of
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.BI --no-maketex \ fmt
+Disable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be one of
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.BI --output-comment \ string
+Use
+.I string
+for the DVI file comment instead of the date.
+.TP
+.BI --output-directory \ directory
+Write output files in
+.I directory
+instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
+.I directory
+first, the along the normal search path.
+.TP
+.B --parse-first-line
+If the first line of the main input file begins with
+.I %&
+parse it to look for a dump name.
+.TP
+.BI --progname \ name
+Pretend to be program
+.IR name .
+This affects both the format used and the search paths.
+.TP
+.B --recorder
+Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
+for input and output in a file with extension
+.IR .ofl .
+(This option is always on.)
+.TP
+.B --shell-escape
+Enable the
+.BI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct. The
+.I command
+can be any Bourne shell command. By default, this construct is
+enabled in a restricted mode, for security reasons.
+.TP
+.B --version
+Print version information and exit.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
+node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
+The
+.B kpsewhich
+utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
+.PP
+One caveat: In most Aleph formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
+give directly to Aleph, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
+expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
+\*(MF, do not have this problem.
+.PP
+.TP
+.B TEXMFOUTPUT
+Normally, Aleph puts its output files in the current directory. If
+any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
+directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
+There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
+.I tex paper
+and the current directory is not writable, if TEXMFOUTPUT has
+the value
+.IR /tmp ,
+Aleph attempts to create
+.I /tmp/paper.log
+(and
+.IR /tmp/paper.dvi ,
+if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
+files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
+read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
+the input name is simply checked as given.
+.TP
+.B TEXINPUTS
+Search path for
+.I \einput
+and
+.I \eopenin
+files.
+This should start with ``.'', so
+that user files are found before system files. An empty path
+component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
+.I texmf.cnf
+file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
+current directory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
+.TP
+.B TEXEDIT
+Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
+.BR vi ,
+is set when Aleph is compiled.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NOTES
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of Aleph can be found in the info
+manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+See http://tug/org/web2c.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH BUGS
+This version of Aleph implements a number of optional extensions.
+In fact, many of these extensions conflict to a greater or lesser
+extent with the definition of Aleph. When such extensions are
+enabled, the banner printed when Aleph starts is changed to print
+.B Alephk
+instead of
+.BR Aleph .
+.PP
+This version of Aleph fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
+dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
+but when it does the generated
+.I DVI
+file will be invalid.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR mf (1)
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+The primary authors of Aleph are John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/amstex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/amstex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4540dddfcbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/amstex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.TH AMSTEX 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.if t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\"
+.if n .ds OX TeX\"
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
+.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
+.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+amstex \- structured text formatting and typesetting
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B amstex
+.RI [ first-line ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The \*(AX language is described in the book
+.IR "The Joy of \*(OX" .
+\*(AX is a \*(TX macro package, not a modification to the \*(TX source
+program, so all the capabilities described in
+.BR tex (1)
+are present.
+.PP
+The \*(AX macros encourage writers to think about the content of their
+documents, rather than the form. The ideal, not always realized, is to
+have no formatting commands (like \(lqswitch to italic\(rq or \(lqskip 2
+picas\(rq) in the document at all; instead, everything is done
+by specific markup instructions: \(lqemphasize\(rq, \(lqstart a section\(rq.
+.PP
+For authors more familiar with \*(LX, an AMS-supported package called
+.I amsmath.sty
+is available, among others.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I amsguide.tex
+Documentation for \*(AX, typesettable by \*(TX.
+.TP
+.I amfndoc.tex
+Documentation for AMS fonts, typesettable by \*(TX.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR latex (1),
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR slitex (1).
+.br
+Michael Spivak,
+.IR "The Joy of \*(OX" ,
+2nd edition, American Mathematical Society, 1990, ISBN 0-8218-2997-1.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/bibtex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/bibtex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3f970a98b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/bibtex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+.TH BIBTEX 1 "23 February 2018" "bibtex 0.99d" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\\s-2A\\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+bibtex \- make a bibliography for (La)TeX
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B bibtex
+.RB [ \-min-crossrefs=\fInumber\fP ]
+.RB [ \-terse ]
+.IR auxname [ \fB.aux\fP ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+\*(BX reads the top-level auxiliary
+.RB ( .aux )
+file
+.I auxname
+that was output during the running of
+.BR latex (1)
+or
+.BR tex (1)
+and creates a bibliography
+.RB ( .bbl )
+file that will be incorporated into the document on subsequent runs of
+\*(LX or \*(TX.
+.PP
+\*(BX looks up, in bibliographic database
+.RB ( .bib )
+files specified by the \\bibliography command,
+the entries specified by the \\cite and \\nocite commands
+in the \*(LX or \*(TX source file.
+It formats the information from those entries
+according to instructions in a bibliography style
+.RB ( .bst )
+file (specified by the \\bibliographystyle command,
+and it outputs the results to the
+.B .bbl
+file.
+.PP
+The \*(LX manual
+explains what a \*(LX source file must contain to work with \*(BX.
+Appendix B of the manual describes the format of the
+.B .bib
+files. The `\*(BXing' document describes extensions and details of
+this format, and it gives other useful hints for using \*(BX.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+The
+.B \-min-crossrefs
+option defines the minimum number of
+.B crossref
+required for automatic inclusion of the crossref base entry in the citation
+list; the default is two.
+To avoid these automatic inclusions altogether, give this option
+a sufficiently large number, and be sure to remove any
+previous
+.B .aux
+and
+.B .bbl
+files. Otherwise the option may
+appear to have no effect, since \*(BX will have added the citation
+for the base entry to the
+.B .aux
+file, and nothing will remove it.
+.PP
+With the
+.B \-terse
+option, \*(BX operates silently. Without it, a banner and progress
+reports are printed on
+.IR stdout .
+.PP
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+\*(BX searches the directories in the
+path defined by the BSTINPUTS environment variable for
+.B .bst
+files. If BSTINPUTS is not set, it uses the system default.
+For
+.B .bib
+files, it uses the BIBINPUTS environment variable if that is set,
+otherwise the default.
+See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.PP
+If the environment variable
+TEXMFOUTPUT is set, \*(BX attempts to put its output
+files in it, if they cannot be put in the current directory. Again, see
+.BR tex (1).
+No special searching is done for the
+.B .aux
+file.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I *.bst
+Bibliography style files.
+.TP
+.I btxdoc.tex
+``\*(BXing'' \- \*(LXable documentation for general \*(BX users
+.TP
+.I btxhak.tex
+``Designing \*(BX Styles'' \- \*(LXable documentation for style designers
+.TP
+.I btxdoc.bib
+database file for those two documents
+.TP
+.I xampl.bib
+database file giving examples of all standard entry types
+.TP
+.I btxbst.doc
+template file and documentation for the standard styles
+.PP
+All those files should be available somewhere on your system.
+.PP
+The host math.utah.edu has a vast collection of
+.B .bib
+files available for anonymous ftp, including references for all the
+standard \*(TX books and a complete bibliography for TUGboat.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR latex (1),
+.BR tex (1).
+.br
+Leslie Lamport,
+.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" ,
+Addison-Wesley, 1985, ISBN 0-201-15790-X.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHOR
+Oren Patashnik, Stanford University. This man page describes the web2c
+version of \*(BX. Other ports of \*(BX, such as Donald Knuth's version
+using the Sun Pascal compiler, do not have the same path searching
+implementation, or the command-line options.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctie.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctie.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..82284edf29e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctie.man
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.TH CTIE 1 "8 June 2020" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+ctie \- merge or apply CWEB change files
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B ctie
+.BR \-c | \-m
+.I outputfile masterfile
+.IR changefile .\|.\|.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B ctie
+program is used to process multiple change files used with the CWEB
+system for literate programming. The CWEB programs allow one to apply
+patches to a source file (the
+.IR masterfile )
+by means of a single change file.
+.B ctie
+can be used to either merge up to 32 change files into a single one or
+to apply the changes to the
+.I masterfile
+in order to create a new master file. Output of either the new change
+file or the patched master file goes into
+.IR outputfile .
+Any include files (indicated using the CWEB
+.B @i
+command) are fully expanded during
+.B ctie
+processing, which means that the change files are able to modify the
+contents of any included files.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-c
+Create a single change file from the given
+.IR changefile s.
+.TP
+.B \-m
+Create a new master file by applying the given
+.IR changefile s.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The environment variable CWEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
+or the system default if CWEBINPUTS is not set. See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+To avoid conflicts with other programs that also use the CWEBINPUTS
+environment, you can be more specific and use CWEBINPUTS_ctie for
+special requirements in CTIE.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR cweb (1),
+.IR ctiedoc.tex ,
+.BR tie (1),
+.BR web (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+Julian Gilbey, jdg@debian.org. The original TIE program was by Klaus
+Guntermann, TH Darmstadt, Institut f. Theoretische Informatik. The
+TIE man page was by Joachim Schnitter, TH Darmstadt, Phys. Chemie I,
+and was modified for CTIE by Julian Gilbey.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctwill.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctwill.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c000d7dc088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ctwill.man
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 2.11.4
+.\"
+.TH "CTWILL" "1" "February 6, 2021" "Web2c @VERSION@" "General Commands Manual"
+.hy
+.SH NAME
+.PP
+ctwill, ctwill-refsort, ctwill-twinx - translate CWEB to TeX with mini-indexes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.PP
+\f[B]ctwill\f[R] [\f[I]options\f[R]] \f[I]webfile\f[R][.w]
+[{\f[I]changefile\f[R][.ch]|-} [\f[I]outfile\f[R][.tex]]]
+.PD 0
+.P
+.PD
+\f[B]ctwill-refsort\f[R] < \f[I]indexfile\f[R].ref > \f[I]indexfile\f[R].sref
+.PD 0
+.P
+.PD
+\f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R] \f[I]outfile\f[R].tex [\f[I]outfile\f[R].tex \&...] >
+index.tex
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The \f[B]ctwill\f[R] program converts a CWEB source document into a
+TeX\ file that may be formatted and printed in the usual way.
+It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page layout and
+the use of indentation, \f[I]italics\f[R], \f[B]boldface\f[R], etc., and
+it supplies extensive cross-index information that it gathers
+automatically.
+.PP
+CWEB allows you to prepare a single document containing all the
+information that is needed both to produce a compilable C/C++\ program
+and to produce a well-formatted document describing the program in as
+much detail as the writer may desire.
+The user of CWEB ought to be familiar with TeX as well as C/C++.
+.SH USAGE
+.PP
+The command line should have one, two, or three names on it.
+The first is taken as the CWEB input file (and \f[B].w\f[R] is added if
+there is no extension).
+If there is a second name, it is a change file (and \f[B].ch\f[R] is
+added if there is no extension).
+The change file overrides parts of the CWEB file, as described in the
+documentation.
+If there is a third name, it overrides the default name of the output
+file, which is ordinarily the same as the name of the input file (but on
+the current directory) with the extension \f[B].tex\f[R].
+If you just want to change the output file name, but don\[cq]t have a
+change file to apply, you can use `\f[B]-\f[R]' as the second argument.
+.PP
+\f[B]ctwill\f[R] is exactly like \f[B]cweave\f[R] except that it
+produces much better documentation, for which you must work harder.
+You should run \f[B]ctwill\f[R] twice, once to prime the pump and once
+to get decent answers.
+Moreover, you must run the output twice through TeX.
+.PP
+After \f[B]tex foo\f[R] you will have output that looks like final pages
+except that the entries of mini-indexes won\[cq]t be alphabetized.
+The first run produces a weird file called \f[B]foo.ref\f[R].
+Say \f[B]ctwill-refsort < foo.ref > foo.sref\f[R] and then another \f[B]tex
+foo\f[R] will produce alphabetized output.
+.PP
+The \f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R] program compiles a master index for a set of related
+programs that have been processed by \f[B]ctwill\f[R].
+The individual programs should define their names with a line of the
+form \f[B]\[rs]def\[rs]title{NAME}\f[R].
+.PP
+The mini-indexes list identifiers that are used but not defined on each
+two-page spread.
+At the end of each section, \f[B]ctwill\f[R] gives TeX a list of
+identifiers used in that section and information about where they are
+defined.
+.PP
+The current meaning of every identifier is initially
+\f[B]\[rs]uninitialized\f[R].
+Then \f[B]ctwill\f[R] reads the \f[B].aux\f[R] file for your job, if
+any.
+.PP
+Before reading the \f[B].aux\f[R] file, \f[B]ctwill\f[R] actually looks
+for a file called \f[B]system.bux\f[R], which will be read if present.
+And after \f[B]foo.aux\f[R], a third possibility is \f[B]foo.bux\f[R].
+The general convention is to put definitions of system procedures such
+as \f[I]printf\f[R] into \f[B]system.bux\f[R], and to put definitions
+found in specifically foo-ish header files into \f[B]foo.bux\f[R].
+Like the \f[B].aux\f[R] files, \f[B].bux\f[R] files should contain only
+\f[B]\[at]$\f[R] specifications.
+.PP
+The meaning specified by \f[B]\[at]$\&...\[at]>\f[R] generally has four
+components: an identifier (followed by space), a program name (enclosed
+in braces), a section number (followed by space), and a TeX\ part.
+.PP
+A special \f[I]proofmode\f[R] is provided so that you can check
+\f[B]ctwill\f[R]\[cq]s conclusions about cross-references.
+Run \f[B]ctwill\f[R] with the flag \f[B]+P\f[R], and TeX will produce a
+specially formatted document (\f[I]without\f[R] mini-indexes) in which
+you can check that your specifications are correct.
+.PP
+More details how to use \f[B]ctwill\f[R] can be found in the first
+sections of its source code, respectively the change file
+\f[B]cweav-twill.ch\f[R] applicable to the \f[B]cweave.w\f[R] source.
+A complete example with all bells and whistles is described in
+\f[B]Mini-Indexes for Literate Programs\f[R], pages 225\[en]245 of
+Knuth\[cq]s \f[B]Digital Typography\f[R].
+.SH DIFFERENCES TO ORIGINAL CTWILL
+.PP
+The present incarnation of \f[B]ctwill\f[R] and its utilities tries hard
+to be a drop-in replacement for the original package.
+There are, however, a few differences worth noting:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+This version is based on the most recent version of CWEB (4.2).
+.IP \[bu] 2
+In TeX\ Live the utility programs are prefixed with \f[B]ctwill-\f[R]
+and the macro files with \f[B]ct\f[R] for technical reasons.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Options \f[B]--help\f[R], \f[B]--quiet\f[R], \f[B]--verbose\f[R],
+\f[B]--version\f[R], and flags \f[B]-i\f[R], \f[B]-o\f[R], \f[B]-t\f[R],
+and \f[B]+lX\f[R] are new in CWEBbin and TeX\ Live.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Option \f[B]+lX\f[R] is accompanied by example wrapper files for
+\f[B]ctwimac.tex\f[R] and \f[B]ctproofmac.tex\f[R] with translated
+captions for German (\f[B]+ld\f[R]).
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Option \f[B]+lX\f[R] is also accompanied by an extended
+\f[B]pdfctwimac.tex\f[R] for production of PDF output with active
+hyperlinks (\f[B]+lpdf\f[R]).
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]ctwill\f[R] in TeX\ Live operates silently by default; use the
+\f[B]--verbose\f[R] option to get the original behavior.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+File lookup with the environment variable CWEBINPUTS is extended to
+permit several, colon-separated, paths; see ENVIRONMENT below.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+If properly configured, the main program \f[B]ctwill\f[R] is localized
+with the \[lq]GNU gettext utilities\[rq].
+.SH OPTIONS
+.PP
+Options on the command line may be either turned off with `\f[B]-\f[R]'
+(if they are on by default) or turned on with `\f[B]+\f[R]' (if they are
+off by default).
+In fact, the options are processed from left to right, so a sequence
+like \f[B]--verbose -h\f[R] will only show the \f[B]banner line\f[R]
+(\f[B]+b\f[R]) and the \f[B]progress report\f[R] (\f[B]+p\f[R]), but
+leave out the \f[B]happy message\f[R] (\f[B]-h\f[R]).
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+b\f[R]: print banner line on terminal
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+h\f[R]: print success message on completion
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+p\f[R]: print progress report messages
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+q\f[R]/\f[B]-q\f[R]: shortcut for \f[B]-bhp\f[R]; also
+\f[B]--quiet\f[R] (default)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+v\f[R]/\f[B]-v\f[R]: shortcut for \f[B]+bhp\f[R]; also
+\f[B]--verbose\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-e\f[R]: do not enclose C/C++\ material in \f[B]\[rs]PB{\&...}\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-f\f[R]: do not force a newline after every C/C++\ statement in
+output
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-i\f[R]: suppress indentation of parameter declarations
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-o\f[R]: suppress separation of declarations and statements
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-t\f[R]: ignore temporary output irrespective of changes
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-x\f[R]: omit indices, section names, table of contents
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+P\f[R]: \f[B]\[rs]input ctproofmac.tex\f[R] instead of
+\f[B]ctwimac.tex\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+lX\f[R]/\f[B]-lX\f[R]: use macros for language \f[I]X\f[R] as of
+\f[I]X\f[R]{\f[B]ctwimac\f[R]|\f[B]ctproofmac\f[R]}\f[B].tex\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+s\f[R]: print usage statistics
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]--help\f[R]: display help message and exit
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]--version\f[R]: output version information and exit
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.PP
+The environment variable CWEBINPUTS is used to search for the input
+files, or the system default if CWEBINPUTS is not set.
+See tex(1) for the details of the searching.
+To avoid conflicts with other programs that also use the CWEBINPUTS
+environment, you can be more specific and use CWEBINPUTS_cweb for
+special requirements in CWEB.
+.PP
+If prepared for NLS support, \f[B]ctwill\f[R] like \f[B]ctangle\f[R] and
+\f[B]cweave\f[R] uses the environment variable TEXMFLOCALEDIR to
+configure the parent directory where the \[lq]GNU gettext utilities\[rq]
+search for translation catalogs.
+.PP
+These variables are preconfigured in TeX\ Live\[cq]s
+\f[B]texmf.cnf\f[R].
+.SH FILES
+.PP
+The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to system.
+Use the \f[B]kpsewhich\f[R] utility to find their locations.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]ctwimac.tex\f[R]: The default TeX\ macros \f[B]\[rs]input\f[R] in
+the first line of the output file.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]ctproofmac.tex\f[R]: If \f[B]ctwill\f[R] is invoked with the
+\f[B]+P\f[R] option, it will change the first line of the output file to
+\f[B]\[rs]input ctproofmac.tex\f[R].
+.PP
+In both cases you can request some prefix \f[I]X\f[R] with the
+\f[B]+lX\f[R] option, e.g., \f[B]+ld\f[R] will \f[B]\[rs]input
+dctwimac.tex\f[R] and \f[B]+Pld\f[R] will \f[B]\[rs]input
+dctproofmac.tex\f[R].
+A special application is the use of option \f[B]+lpdf\f[R] that will
+\f[B]\[rs]input pdfctwimac.tex\f[R] for production of PDF output with
+active hyperlinks.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[I]webfile\f[R]\f[B].bux\f[R]: Reference definitions to resolve from
+other modules.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]system.bux\f[R]: Reference definitions to resolve from
+C/C++\ standard library header files like \f[B]<stdio.h>\f[R].
+.PP
+Other \f[B]aux\f[R]iliary files with references are created
+automatically by \f[B]ctwill\f[R] and the actual index files are created
+by TeX.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]cwebman.tex\f[R]: The CWEB user manual, available in PDF from
+CTAN (https://ctan.org/pkg/cweb).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IP \[bu] 2
+The CWEB System of Structured Documentation: by Donald E.\ Knuth and
+Silvio Levy (hardcopy version of \f[B]cwebman.tex\f[R] and the source
+code listings of \f[B]common.w\f[R], \f[B]ctangle.w\f[R], and
+\f[B]cweave.w\f[R]).
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Digital Typography: by D.\ E.\ Knuth.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Literate Programming: by D.\ E.\ Knuth.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Weaving a Program: by Wayne Sewell.
+.PP
+cweb(1), tex(1), cc(1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.PP
+Don Knuth wrote \f[B]ctwill\f[R] based on \f[B]cweave\f[R] by Silvio
+Levy and Knuth.
+.PD 0
+.P
+.PD
+\f[B]ctwill\f[R] and its utilities \f[B]ctwill-refsort\f[R] and \f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R]
+have been fully integrated with the CWEBbin extension that serves as the
+basis for CWEB in TeX\ Live; see the project
+page (https://github.com/ascherer/cwebbin).
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/cweb.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/cweb.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1786b698e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/cweb.man
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 2.11.4
+.\"
+.TH "CWEB" "1" "September 23, 2020" "Web2c @VERSION@" "General Commands Manual"
+.hy
+.SH NAME
+.PP
+ctangle, cweave - translate CWEB to C/C++ and/or TeX
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.PP
+\f[B]ctangle\f[R] [\f[I]options\f[R]] \f[I]webfile\f[R][.w]
+[{\f[I]changefile\f[R][.ch]|-} [\f[I]outfile\f[R][.c]]]
+.PD 0
+.P
+.PD
+\f[B]cweave\f[R] [\f[I]options\f[R]] \f[I]webfile\f[R][.w]
+[{\f[I]changefile\f[R][.ch]|-} [\f[I]outfile\f[R][.tex]]]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+The \f[B]ctangle\f[R] program converts a CWEB source document into a
+C/C++\ program that may be compiled in the usual way.
+The output file includes \f[B]#line\f[R] specifications so that
+debugging can be done in terms of the CWEB source file.
+.PP
+The \f[B]cweave\f[R] program converts the same CWEB file into a
+TeX\ file that may be formatted and printed in the usual way.
+It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page layout and
+the use of indentation, \f[I]italics\f[R], \f[B]boldface\f[R], etc., and
+it supplies extensive cross-index information that it gathers
+automatically.
+.PP
+CWEB allows you to prepare a single document containing all the
+information that is needed both to produce a compilable C/C++\ program
+and to produce a well-formatted document describing the program in as
+much detail as the writer may desire.
+The user of CWEB ought to be familiar with TeX as well as C/C++.
+.SH USAGE
+.PP
+The command line should have one, two, or three names on it.
+The first is taken as the CWEB input file (and \f[B].w\f[R] is added if
+there is no extension).
+If there is a second name, it is a change file (and \f[B].ch\f[R] is
+added if there is no extension).
+The change file overrides parts of the CWEB file, as described in the
+documentation.
+If there is a third name, it overrides the default name of the output
+file, which is ordinarily the same as the name of the input file (but on
+the current directory) with the extension \f[B].tex\f[R].
+If you just want to change the output file name, but don\[cq]t have a
+change file to apply, you can use `\f[B]-\f[R]' as the second argument.
+.SH DIFFERENCES TO ORIGINAL CWEB
+.PP
+CWEBbin tries hard to be a drop-in replacement for CWEB, so in general
+you should not notice any differences in invoking the programs nor in
+the resulting output.
+There are, however, a few differences worth noting:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Options \f[B]--help\f[R], \f[B]--quiet\f[R], \f[B]--verbose\f[R],
+\f[B]--version\f[R], and flags \f[B]-i\f[R], \f[B]-o\f[R], \f[B]-t\f[R],
+and \f[B]+lX\f[R] are new in CWEBbin and TeX\ Live.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Option \f[B]+lX\f[R] is accompanied by several wrapper files for
+\f[B]cwebmac.tex\f[R] with translated captions for German
+(\f[B]+ld\f[R]), French (\f[B]+lf\f[R]), and Italian (\f[B]+li\f[R]).
+.IP \[bu] 2
+CWEB in TeX\ Live operates silently by default (as of 2019); use the
+\f[B]--verbose\f[R] option to get the original behavior.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+File lookup with the environment variable CWEBINPUTS is extended to
+permit several, colon-separated, paths; see ENVIRONMENT below.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+If properly configured, the main programs \f[B]ctangle\f[R] and
+\f[B]cweave\f[R] are localized with the \[lq]GNU gettext utilities\[rq].
+.SH OPTIONS
+.PP
+Options on the command line may be either turned off with `\f[B]-\f[R]'
+(if they are on by default) or turned on with `\f[B]+\f[R]' (if they are
+off by default).
+In fact, the options are processed from left to right, so a sequence
+like \f[B]--verbose -h\f[R] will only show the \f[B]banner line\f[R]
+(\f[B]+b\f[R]) and the \f[B]progress report\f[R] (\f[B]+p\f[R]), but
+leave out the \f[B]happy message\f[R] (\f[B]-h\f[R]).
+.PP
+The first batch of options are common to both \f[B]ctangle\f[R] and
+\f[B]cweave\f[R]:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+b\f[R]: print banner line on terminal
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+h\f[R]: print success message on completion
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+p\f[R]: print progress report messages
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+q\f[R]/\f[B]-q\f[R]: shortcut for \f[B]-bhp\f[R]; also
+\f[B]--quiet\f[R] (default)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+v\f[R]/\f[B]-v\f[R]: shortcut for \f[B]+bhp\f[R]; also
+\f[B]--verbose\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+s\f[R]: print usage statistics
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-t\f[R]: ignore temporary output irrespective of changes
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]--help\f[R]: display help message and exit
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]--version\f[R]: output version information and exit
+.PP
+There are six other options applicable to \f[B]cweave\f[R] only:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-e\f[R]: do not enclose C/C++\ material in \f[B]\[rs]PB{\&...}\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-f\f[R]: do not force a newline after every C/C++\ statement in
+output
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-i\f[R]: suppress indentation of parameter declarations
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-o\f[R]: suppress separation of declarations and statements
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]-x\f[R]: omit indices, section names, table of contents
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]+lX\f[R]/\f[B]-lX\f[R]: use macros for language \f[I]X\f[R] as of
+\f[I]X\f[R]\f[B]cwebmac.tex\f[R]
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.PP
+The environment variable CWEBINPUTS is used to search for the input
+files, or the system default if CWEBINPUTS is not set.
+See tex(1) for the details of the searching.
+To avoid conflicts with other programs that also use the CWEBINPUTS
+environment, you can be more specific and use CWEBINPUTS_cweb for
+special requirements in CWEB.
+.PP
+If prepared for NLS support, \f[B]ctangle\f[R] and \f[B]cweave\f[R] use
+the environment variable TEXMFLOCALEDIR to configure the parent
+directory where the \[lq]GNU gettext utilities\[rq] search for
+translation catalogs.
+.PP
+These variables are preconfigured in TeX\ Live\[cq]s
+\f[B]texmf.cnf\f[R].
+.SH FILES
+.PP
+The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to system.
+Use the \f[B]kpsewhich\f[R] utility to find their locations.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]cwebmac.tex\f[R]: The default TeX\ macros \f[B]\[rs]input\f[R] in
+the first line of the \f[B]cweave\f[R] output file.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]cwebman.tex\f[R]: The CWEB user manual, available in PDF from
+CTAN (https://ctan.org/pkg/cweb).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IP \[bu] 2
+The CWEB System of Structured Documentation: by Donald E.\ Knuth and
+Silvio Levy (hardcopy version of \f[B]cwebman.tex\f[R] and the source
+code listings of \f[B]common.w\f[R], \f[B]ctangle.w\f[R], and
+\f[B]cweave.w\f[R]).
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Literate Programming: by D.\ E.\ Knuth.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Weaving a Program: by Wayne Sewell.
+.PP
+cweb(1), tex(1), cc(1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.PP
+Don Knuth wrote WEB for TeX and Pascal.
+.PD 0
+.P
+.PD
+Silvio Levy designed and developed CWEB by adapting the WEB conventions
+to C and by recoding everything in CWEB.
+Knuth began using CWEB and made further refinements.
+Many other helpers are acknowledged in the CWEB manual.
+.PD 0
+.P
+.PD
+CWEB in TeX\ Live is based on the CWEBbin extension; see the project
+page (https://github.com/ascherer/cwebbin).
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvicopy.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvicopy.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d4424d1b62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvicopy.man
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+.TH DVICOPY 1 TeX "24 January 1999" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+dvicopy, odvicopy \- produce modified copy of DVI file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dvicopy
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ infile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
+.RI [ outfile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+.B dvicopy
+reads a DVI file, expands any references to virtual fonts to base
+fonts, and writes the resulting DVI file. Thus you can use virtual
+fonts even if your DVI processor does not support them, by passing the
+documents through
+.B dvicopy
+first.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BI \-magnification= NUMBER
+Override existing magnification with
+.IR NUMBER .
+.PP
+.TP
+.BI \-max-pages= NUMBER
+Process
+.I NUMBER
+pages; default one million.
+.PP
+.TP
+.BI \-page-start= PAGE-SPEC
+Start at
+.IR PAGE-SPEC ,
+for example `2' or `5.*.-2'.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR dviselect (1),
+.BR dvitype (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Peter Breitenlohner wrote the program. Klaus Guntermann originally ported
+it to Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitomp.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitomp.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c9969b7b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitomp.man
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.TH DVITOMP 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\" man page by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.SH NAME
+dvitomp \- convert a TeX DVI file to a MetaPost MPXFILE
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dvitomp
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.IR dvifile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
+.RI [ mpxfile [ \fB.mpx\fP ]]
+.PP
+.B mpost
+.B --dvitomp
+.IR dvifile [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
+.RI [ mpxfile [ \fB.mpx\fP ]]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBdvitomp\fP translates the given \fIdvifile\fP to a MetaPost
+MPXFILE. The default \fImpxfile\fP is the basename of \fIdvifile\fP
+extended with
+.BR .mpx .
+.SH OPTIONS
+.IP \fB-help\fP
+write usage summary and exit.
+.IP \fB-version\fP
+output version information and exit.
+.SH BUGS
+Email bug reports to metapost@tug.org.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitype.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitype.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..caad25f09f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/dvitype.man
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+.TH DVITYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+dvitype, odvitype \- translate a dvi file for humans
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dvitype
+.IR dvi_name [ \fB.dvi\fP ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B dvitype
+program translates a DVI (DeVice Independent) file output by (for example)
+.BR tex (1)
+or
+.BR gftodvi (1),
+to a file that humans can read. It also serves as a DVI file-validating
+program (i.e., if
+.B dvitype
+can read it, it's correct) and as an example of a DVI-reading
+program for future device drivers.
+.PP
+The output file can include all commands, just the important
+ones, or none at all (in which case only errors are reported).
+A subinterval of pages may be selected for transliteration; the
+magnification and resolution of the ``output device'' may be
+changed; and so on. All options are specified with an on-line dialog.
+.PP
+The
+.B .dvi
+extension is supplied if omitted from
+.IR dvi_name .
+The output goes to
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BI \-dpi= REAL
+Set resolution to
+.I REAL
+pixels per inch; default 300.0.
+.PP
+.TP
+.BI \-magnification= NUMBER
+Override existing magnification with
+.IR NUMBER .
+.PP
+.TP
+.BI \-max-pages= NUMBER
+Process
+.I NUMBER
+pages; default one million.
+.PP
+.TP
+.BI \-output-level= NUMBER
+Verbosity level, from 0 to 4; default 4.
+.PP
+.TP
+.BI \-page-start= PAGE-SPEC
+Start at
+.IR PAGE-SPEC ,
+for example `2' or `5.*.-2'.
+.PP
+.TP
+.B \-show-opcodes
+Show numeric opcodes (in decimal).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The environment variable TEXFONTS is used to search for the TFM files
+used in the DVI file. See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+If TEXFONTS is not set, it uses the system default.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR gftype (1),
+.BR pktype (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "\*(OXware" .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as part of the
+.I \*(OXware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
+Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/etex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/etex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4e72d1b2ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/etex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+.TH ETEX 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
+.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
+.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+etex \- extended (plain) TeX
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B etex
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
+.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Run the e-\*(TX typesetter on
+.IR file ,
+by default creating
+.IR file.dvi .
+If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
+Instead of a filename, a set of e-\*(TX commands can be given, the first
+of which must start with a backslash.
+With a
+.BI & format
+argument e-\*(TX uses a different set of precompiled commands,
+contained in
+.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
+it is usually better to use the
+.B -fmt
+.I format
+option instead.
+.PP
+e-\*(TX is the first concrete result of an international research &
+development project, the NTS Project, which was established under the
+aegis of DANTE e.V. during 1992. The aims of the project are to
+perpetuate and develop the spirit and philosophy of \*(TX, whilst
+respecting Knuth's wish that \*(TX should remain frozen.
+.PP
+e-\*(TX can be used in two different modes: in
+.I compatibility mode
+it is supposed to be completely interchangeable with standard \*(TX.
+In
+.I extended mode
+several new primitives are added that facilitate (among other things)
+bidirectional typesetting.
+.PP
+An extended mode format is generated by prefixing the name of the
+source file for the format with an asterisk (*).
+.PP
+e-\*(TX's handling of its command-line arguments is similar to that of
+the other \*(TX programs in the
+.I web2c
+implementation.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Run etex --help to see the complete list of options; this is not
+exhaustive.
+.TP
+.BI -cnf-line \ string
+Parse
+.I string
+as a
+.I texmf.cnf
+configuration line. See the Kpathsea manual.
+.TP
+.BI -fmt \ format
+Use
+.I format
+as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
+e-\*(TX was called or a
+.I %&
+line.
+.TP
+.B -enc
+Enable the enc\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
+combination with
+.BR -ini .
+For documentation of the enc\*(TX extensions see
+.BR http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html .
+.TP
+.B -etex
+Enable the e-\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
+combination with
+.BR -ini .
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error
+Print error messages in the form
+.I file:line:error
+which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
+.TP
+.B -no-file-line-error
+Disable printing error messages in the
+.I file:line:error
+style.
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error-style
+This is the old name of the
+.B -file-line-error
+option.
+.TP
+.B -halt-on-error
+Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
+.TP
+.B -help
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+.B -ini
+Start in
+.I INI
+mode, which is used to dump formats. The
+.I INI
+mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and
+basic initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
+.TP
+.BI -interaction \ mode
+Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be either
+.IR batchmode ,
+.IR nonstopmode ,
+.IR scrollmode ,
+and
+.IR errorstopmode .
+The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
+\ecommands.
+.TP
+.B -ipc
+Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file. Whether
+this option is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.B -ipc-start
+As
+.BR -ipc ,
+and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
+is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.BI -jobname \ name
+Use
+.I name
+for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
+.TP
+.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
+Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
+.I Kpathsea
+manual for details.
+.TP
+.BI -mktex \ fmt
+Enable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be either
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.B -mltex
+Enable ML\*(TX extensions. Only effective in combination with
+.BR -ini .
+.TP
+.BI -no-mktex \ fmt
+Disable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be either
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.BI -output-comment \ string
+Use
+.I string
+for the
+.I DVI
+file comment instead of the date.
+.TP
+.BI -output-directory \ directory
+Write output files in
+.I directory
+instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
+.I directory
+first, the along the normal search path.
+.TP
+.B -parse-first-line
+If the first line of the main input file begins with
+.I %&
+parse it to look for a dump name or a
+.B -translate-file
+option.
+.TP
+.B -no-parse-first-line
+Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
+.TP
+.BI -progname \ name
+Pretend to be program
+.IR name .
+This affects both the format used and the search paths.
+.TP
+.B -recorder
+Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
+for input and output in a file with extension
+.IR .fls .
+.TP
+.B -shell-escape
+Enable the
+.BI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct. The
+.I command
+can be any shell command. This construct is normally
+disallowed for security reasons.
+.TP
+.B -no-shell-escape
+Disable the
+.BI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct, even if it is enabled in the
+.I texmf.cnf
+file.
+.TP
+.B -src-specials
+Insert source specials into the
+.I DVI
+file.
+.TP
+.BI -src-specials \ where
+Insert source specials in certain placed of the
+.I DVI
+file.
+.I where
+is a comma-separated value list:
+.IR cr ,
+.IR display ,
+.IR hbox ,
+.IR math ,
+.IR par ,
+.IR parent ,
+or
+.IR vbox .
+.TP
+.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
+Use the
+.I tcxname
+translation table to set the mapping of input characters and
+re-mapping of output characters.
+.TP
+.BI -default-translate-file \ tcxname
+Like
+.B -translate-file
+except that a
+.I %&
+line can overrule this setting.
+.TP
+.B -version
+Print version information and exit.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
+node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
+The
+.B kpsewhich
+utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
+.PP
+One caveat: In most e-\*(TX formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
+give directly to e-\*(TX, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
+expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
+\*(MF, do not have this problem.
+.PP
+.TP
+.B TEXMFOUTPUT
+Normally, e-\*(TX puts its output files in the current directory. If
+any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
+directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
+There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
+.I etex paper
+and the current directory is not writable, if TEXMFOUTPUT has
+the value
+.IR /tmp ,
+e-\*(TX attempts to create
+.I /tmp/paper.log
+(and
+.IR /tmp/paper.dvi ,
+if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
+files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
+read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
+the input name is simply checked as given.
+.TP
+.B TEXINPUTS
+Search path for
+.I \einput
+and
+.I \eopenin
+files.
+This should start with ``.'', so
+that user files are found before system files. An empty path
+component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
+.I texmf.cnf
+file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
+current directory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
+.TP
+.B TEXFORMATS
+Search path for format files.
+.TP
+.B TEXPOOL
+search path for
+.B etex
+internal strings.
+.TP
+.B TEXEDIT
+Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
+.BR vi ,
+is set when e-\*(TX is compiled.
+.TP
+.B TFMFONTS
+Search path for font metric
+.RI ( .tfm )
+files.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to
+system. Use the
+.B kpsewhich
+utility to find their locations.
+.TP
+.I etex.pool
+Text file containing e-\*(TX's internal strings.
+.TP
+.I texfonts.map
+Filename mapping definitions.
+.TP
+.I *.tfm
+Metric files for e-\*(TX's fonts.
+.TP
+.I *.fmt
+Predigested e-\*(TX format (.\|fmt) files.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NOTES
+Starting with version 1.40, pdf\*(TX incorporates the e-\*(TX
+extensions, so in this installation e\*(TX may be just a symbolic link to
+pdf\*(TX. See
+.BR pdftex (1).
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of e-\*(TX can be found in the info
+manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH BUGS
+This version of e-\*(TX implements a number of optional extensions.
+In fact, many of these extensions conflict to a greater or lesser
+extent with the definition of e-\*(TX. When such extensions are
+enabled, the banner printed when e-\*(TX starts is changed to print
+.B e-TeXk
+instead of
+.BR e-TeX .
+.PP
+This version of e-\*(TX fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
+dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
+but when it does the generated
+.I DVI
+file will be invalid.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR pdftex (1),
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR mf (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+e-\*(TX was developed by Peter Breitenlohner and the NTS team; Peter
+later continued its development outside of the team.
+.PP
+\*(TX was designed by Donald E. Knuth,
+who implemented it using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs.
+It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and
+at Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
+The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that
+generated by the \*(WB to C system
+.RB ( web2c ),
+originally written by Tomas Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
+.PP
+The enc\*(TX extensions were written by Petr Olsak.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftodvi.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftodvi.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..656ee1b2a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftodvi.man
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+.TH GFTODVI 1 "25 March 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+gftodvi \- make proof sheets from generic font files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B gftodvi
+.RB [ \-overflow-label-offset=\fIreal\fP ]
+.RB [ \-verbose ]
+.I gf_file_name
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B gftodvi
+program converts a generic font
+.RI ( gf )
+file output by, for example,
+.BR mf (1),
+to a device independent (DVI) file (that can then be typeset using the same
+software that has already been written for \*(TX). The characters in the
+.I gf
+file will appear one per page, with labels, titles, and annotations
+as specified in Appendix H (Hardcopy Proofs) of
+.IR "The \*(MFbook" .
+.PP
+.B gftodvi
+uses other fonts in addition to the main
+.I gf
+file.
+A `gray' font is used to typeset the
+pixels that actually make up the character. (We wouldn't
+want all the pixels to be simply black, since then labels,
+key points, and other information would be lost.) A `title' font
+is used for the information at the top of the page. A `label' font
+is used for the labels on key points of the figure. A `slant'
+font is used to typeset diagonal lines, which
+otherwise have to be simulated using horizontal and vertical rules.
+The default gray, title, and label fonts are
+.IR gray ,
+.IR cmr8 ,
+and
+.IR cmtt10 ,
+respectively; there is no default slant font.
+.PP
+To change the default fonts, you can give
+.B special
+commands in your
+\*(MF source file, or you can change the fonts online. An online dialog
+ensues if you end the
+.I gf_file_name
+with a `/'. For example,
+.br
+.ti +2
+gftodvi cmr10.300gf/
+.br
+.ti +2
+Special font substitution: grayfont black
+.br
+.ti +2
+OK; any more? grayfontarea /home/art/don/
+.br
+.ti +2
+OK; any more? slantfont /home/fonts/slantimagen6
+.br
+.ti +2
+OK; any more? <RET>
+.br
+will use
+.I /home/art/don/black
+as the `gray' font and
+.I /home/fonts/slantimagen6
+as the `slant' font (this name indicates
+a font for lines with slope 1/6 at the resolution of an Imagen printer).
+.PP
+The
+.I gf_file_name
+on the command line must be complete. Because
+the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
+sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
+DVI-reading software. The output file name uses the same
+root as the
+.I gf
+file, with the
+.B .dvi
+extension added. For example, the input file
+.I cmr10.2602gf
+would become
+.IR cmr10.dvi .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+The argument to
+.B \-overflow-label-offset
+specifies the distance from the right edge of the character
+bounding box at which the overflow equations (if any) are typeset.
+The value is given in \*(TX points. The default is a little over two
+inches.
+.PP
+Without the
+.B \-verbose
+option,
+.B gftodvi
+operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.B gftodvi
+looks for
+.I gf_file_name
+using the
+environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
+TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
+.PP
+See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I {gray.tfm,.\|.\|.}
+The default fonts.
+.TP
+.I {gray.mf,.\|.\|.}
+The \*(MF sources.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR mf (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I "The \*(MFbook"
+(Volume C of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth et al.,
+.IR \*(MFware .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as part of the
+.I \*(MFware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
+Paul Richards ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftopk.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftopk.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0f4d95d0f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftopk.man
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+.TH GFTOPK 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+gftopk \- convert generic font files to packed font files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B gftopk
+.RB [ \-v ]
+.I gf_file_name
+.RI [ pk_file_name ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B gftopk
+program converts a generic font file output by, for example,
+.BR mf (1),
+to a
+packed font file for use by DVI-reading programs. Packed
+font files
+.RI ( pk " files)"
+are much smaller than the corresponding
+.I gf
+files,
+so they are generally the font format of choice.
+.PP
+The
+.I gf_file_name
+on the command line must be complete. Because
+the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
+sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
+DVI-reading software. The
+.I pk_file_name
+defaults to the same (stripped) name as
+.IR gf_file_name ,
+and it is placed in the current
+working directory with the
+.B pk
+suffix replacing
+.BR gf .
+For example, the input file
+.I cmr10.300gf
+would become
+.IR cmr10.300pk .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Unless the
+.B \-v
+switch is given,
+.B gftopk
+operates silently. With
+.BR \-v ,
+the version number of the program and statistics about the
+packing are output to
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.B gftopk
+looks for
+.I gf_file_name
+first in the current directory. If it is not present there, it uses the
+environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
+TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
+.PP
+See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR gftype (1),
+.BR pktogf (1),
+.BR pktype (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth et al.,
+.IR \*(MFware .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Tomas Rokicki wrote the program. It was published as
+part of the
+.I \*(MFware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
+Paul Richards originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftype.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftype.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a80dd963ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/gftype.man
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.TH GFTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+gftype \- translate a generic font file for humans to read
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B gftype
+.RB [ \-i ]
+.RB [ \-m ]
+.I gf_file_name
+.RI [ output_file_name ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B gftype
+program
+translates a
+.I gf
+(generic font) file output by, for example,
+.BR mf (1),
+to a file that humans can read.
+It also serves as a
+.I gf
+file-validating
+program (i.e., if
+.B gftype
+can read it, it's correct) and as an example of a
+.IR gf -reading
+program for other software that wants to read
+.I gf
+files.
+.PP
+The
+.I gf_file_name
+on the command line must be complete. Because
+the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
+sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
+DVI-reading software. If no
+.I output_file_name
+is specified, the output goes to
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+The output file includes
+bitmap images of the characters, if
+.B \-i
+is given on the command line, and a symbolic listing of the
+.I gf
+commands, if
+.B \-m
+is specified.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.B gftype
+looks for
+.I gf_file_name
+using the
+environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
+TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR dvitype (1),
+.BR pktype (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth et al.,
+.IR \*(MFware .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+David Fuchs and Don Knuth wrote the program. It was published as
+part of the
+.I \*(MFware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
+Paul Richards originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex-dev.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex-dev.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9edace40f40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex-dev.man
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+.TH LATEX-DEV 1 "17 November 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+latex-dev, pdflatex-dev, xelatex-dev, lualatex-dev, dvilualatex-dev, platex-dev, uplatex-dev \- release candidate LaTeX testing
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B latex-dev
+.RI [ first-line ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+These -dev executables are intended for testing upcoming LaTeX2e kernel
+changes. They correspond to new formats which have been tested by the
+LaTeX team for stability and usability. Thus, they are not arbitrary
+development snapshots; more like release candidates.
+.PP
+Wider testing by knowledgeable users is desired, indeed, is the main
+purpose for these executables to exist. Simply replacing the regular
+engine (e.g., pdflatex) with the -dev engine name (pdflatex-dev) is all
+that should be needed.
+.PP
+The lualatex-dev format is based on luahbtex, the luatex variant with
+harfbuzz enabled for glyph shaping.
+.PP
+Please report bugs in these -dev versions, like all LaTeX releases,
+following the procedure at https://www.latex-project.org/bugs.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR latex (1).
+.PP
+The LaTeX home page is https://latex-project.org.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a20ac174063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/latex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.TH LATEX 1 "30 April 2018" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\"
+.el .ds OX TeX\"
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+latex, pdflatex, xelatex, lualatex, dvilualatex, cslatex, pdfcslatex, platex, uplatex, lamed \- structured text formatting and typesetting
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B latex
+.RI [ first-line ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+This manual page is a mere skeleton.
+.PP
+The \*(LX language is described in the book
+.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" .
+\*(LX is a \*(TX macro package, not a modification to the \*(TX source
+program, so all the capabilities described in
+.BR tex (1)
+are present.
+.PP
+The \*(LX macros encourage writers to think about the content of their
+documents, rather than the form. The ideal, very difficult to realize, is to
+have no formatting commands (like ``switch to italic'' or ``skip 2
+picas'') in the document at all; instead, everything is done
+by specific markup instructions: ``emphasize'', ``start a section''.
+.PP
+The primary source of documentation for \*(LX is the \*(LX manual
+referenced below.
+.PP
+.BR lualatex ,
+.BR pdflatex ,
+.BR pdfcslatex ,
+.B xelatex
+are \*(LX formats based on the respective engines. All output PDF by default.
+.br
+.BR platex ,
+.B uplatex
+are Japanese \*(LX formats based on e-pTeX and e-upTeX (DVI output).
+.br
+.B lamed
+is the Aleph-based \*(LX format (DVI output).
+.br
+.B dvilualatex
+is LuaTeX-based and outputs DVI.
+.br
+.B cslatex
+is csTeX-based (primitives integrated into pdfTeX) and outputs DVI.
+.PP
+On some systems
+.B latex209
+and
+.B slitex
+may still be available for compatibility with older versions of \*(LX. These
+should not be used for new texts.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR amstex (1),
+.BR luatex (1),
+.BR pdftex (1),
+.BR ptex (1),
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR xetex (1).
+.PP
+Leslie Lamport,
+.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" ,
+Addison-Wesley, 1985, ISBN 020115790X.
+.PP
+Frank Mittelbach, Michel Goossens, Johannes Braams, David Carlisle,
+and Chris Rowley,
+.IR "LaTeX Companion" ,
+Addison-Wesley, 2004, ISBN 0201362996 (2nd edition).
+.PP
+The \*(LX home page is http://latex-project.org.
+.br
+A list of some \*(LX tutorials is at
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=man-latex.
+.br
+An unofficial reference manual for \*(LX is at
+https://ctan.org/pkg/latex2e-help-texinfo.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/luatex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/luatex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d9525552896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/luatex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+.TH LUATEX 1 "17 November 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+luatex, dviluatex, luahbtex, luajittex, texlua, texluac \- An extended version of TeX using Lua as an embedded scripting language
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B luatex
+.RB [ \-\-lua=\fIFILE\fP ]
+.RI [ OPTION ].\|.\|.
+.RI [ TEXNAME [ \fB.tex\fP ]]
+.RI [ COMMANDS ]
+.br
+.B luatex
+.RB [ \-\-lua=\fIFILE\fP ]
+.RI [ OPTION ].\|.\|.
+.BI \e FIRST\-LINE
+.br
+.B luatex
+.RB [ \-\-lua=\fIFILE\fP ]
+.RI [ OPTION ].\|.\|.
+.BI & FMT
+.RI [ ARGS ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Run the lua\*(TX typesetter on
+.IR TEXNAME ,
+usually creating
+.IR TEXNAME\fB.pdf\fP .
+Any remaining
+.I COMMANDS
+are processed as lua\*(TX input, after
+.I TEXNAME
+is read.
+
+Alternatively, if the first non\-option argument begins with a backslash,
+interpret all non\-option arguments as a line of lua\*(TX input.
+
+Alternatively, if the first non\-option argument begins with a \fB&\fR,
+the
+next word is taken as the \fIFMT\fR to read, overriding all else. Any
+remaining arguments are processed as above.
+
+If no arguments or options are specified, prompt for input.
+
+If called as \fBtexlua\fR it acts as a Lua interpreter.
+If called as \fBtexluac\fR it acts as a Lua bytecode compiler.
+
+Lua\*(TX began as an extended version of pdf\*(TX with Unicode and OpenType
+font support, embedded \fBLua\fR scripting language, the \fBe-\*(TX\fR
+and \fBOmega\fR extensions, as well as an integrated MetaPost engine, that
+can create \fIPDF\fR files as well as \fIDVI\fR files.
+For more information about luatex, see http://www.luatex.org; and you can
+read the Lua\*(TX manual using the texdoc utility (\fBtexdoc luatex\fR).
+
+All Lua\*(TX text input and output is considered to be Unicode text,
+although various filters make it possible to support any encoding.
+
+In \fIDVI\fR mode, Lua\*(TX can be used as a complete replacement for
+the \*(TX engine.
+
+In \fIPDF\fR mode, Lua\*(TX can natively handle the \fIPDF\fR, \fIJPG\fR,
+\fIJBIG2\fR, and \fIPNG\fR graphics formats. Lua\*(TX cannot include
+PostScript or Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) graphics files; first convert
+them to PDF using \fBepstopdf\fR (1).
+
+The luajittex variant includes the Lua just-in-time compiler.
+
+The luahbtex variant can use the HarfBuzz engine for glyph shaping,
+instead of Lua\*(TX's built-in shaper.
+
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+When the Lua\*(TX executable starts, it looks for the \fB\-\-lua\fR
+command-line option.
+If there is no \fB\-\-lua\fR option, the command line is interpreted in a
+similar fashion as in traditional pdf\*(TX and Aleph. But if the option
+is present, Lua\*(TX will enter an alternative mode of command-line parsing
+in comparison to the standard web2c programs. The presence of \fB--lua\fR
+makes most of other options unreliable, because the lua initialization
+file can disable kpathsea and/or hook functions into various callbacks.
+.ig
+Here is the list of possibly affected switches/functionality, and why:
+..
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-lua=" FILE
+The lua initialization file.
+.PP
+The following two options alter the executable behaviour:
+.TP
+.B \-\-luaonly
+Start Lua\*(TX as a Lua interpreter. In this mode, it will set Lua's
+\fIarg[0]\fR to the found script name, pushing preceding options in
+negative values and the rest of the command line in the positive values,
+just like the Lua interpreter. Lua\*(TX will exit immediately after
+executing the specified Lua script.
+.TP
+.BI \-\-luaconly
+Start Lua\*(TX as a Lua byte compiler. In this mode, Lua\*(TX is exactly
+like \fBluac\fR from the standalone Lua distribution, except that it
+does not have the \fB\-l\fR switch, and that it accepts (but ignores)
+the \fB\-\-luaconly\fR switch.
+.PP
+Then the regular web2c options:
+.TP
+.B \-\-debug\-format
+.br
+Debug format loading.
+.TP
+.B \-\-draftmode
+Sets \epdfdraftmode so lua\*(TX doesn't write a PDF and doesn't read
+any included images, thus speeding up execution.
+.TP
+.B \-\-enable\-write18
+.br
+Synonym for \fB\-\-shell\-escape\fR.
+.TP
+.B \-\-disable\-write18
+.br
+Synonym for \fB\-\-no\-shell\-escape\fR.
+.TP
+.B \-\-shell\-escape
+.br
+Enable the
+.BI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct, and Lua functions \fBos.execute()\fR, \fBos.exec()\fR,
+\fBos.spawn()\fR, and \fBio.popen()\fR. The \fIcommand\fR can be any
+shell command. This construct is normally disallowed for security
+reasons.
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-shell-escape
+.br
+Disable the
+.BI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct and the other Lua functions, even if it is enabled in the
+\fItexmf.cnf\fR file.
+.TP
+.B \-\-shell-restricted
+Enable restricted version of \fB\ewrite18\fR, \fBos.execute()\fR,
+\fBos.exec()\fR, \fBos.spawn()\fR, and \fBio.popen()\fR, only commands
+listed in \fItexmf.cnf\fR file are allowed.
+.TP
+.B \-\-file\-line\-error
+Print error messages in the form \fIfile:line:error\fR which is similar
+to the way many compilers format them.
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-file\-line\-error
+Disable printing error messages in the \fIfile:line:error\fR style.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-fmt=" FORMAT
+Use \fIFORMAT\fR as the name of the format to be used, instead of the
+name by which lua\*(TX was called or a \fI%&\fR line.
+.TP
+.B \-\-help
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+.B \-\-ini
+Start in \fIINI\fR mode, which is used to dump formats. The \fIINI\fR
+mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and basic
+initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-interaction=" MODE
+Sets the interaction mode. The \fIMODE\fR can be either
+.IR batchmode ,
+.IR nonstopmode ,
+.IR scrollmode ,
+and
+.IR errorstopmode .
+The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
+\ecommands.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-jobname=" NAME
+Use \fINAME\fR for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name
+of the input file.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-kpathsea-debug=" BITMASK
+Sets path searching debugging flags according to the \fIBITMASK\fR.
+See the \fIKpathsea\fR manual for details.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-mktex=" FMT
+Enable mktex\fIFMT\fR generation, where \fIFMT\fR must be either \fItex\fR
+or \fItfm\fR.
+.TP
+.B \-\-nosocket
+Disable the luasocket (network) library.
+.TP
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-output\-comment=" STRING
+In \fIDVI\fR mode, use \fISTRING\fR for the \fIDVI\fR file comment
+instead of the date. This option is ignored in\fIPDF\fR mode.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-output\-directory=" DIRECTORY
+Write output files in \fIDIRECTORY\fR instead of the current directory.
+Look up input files in \fIDIRECTORY\fR first, then along the normal
+search path.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-output\-format=" FORMAT
+Set the output format mode, where \fIFORMAT\fR must be either \fIpdf\fR
+or \fIdvi\fR.
+This also influences the set of graphics formats understood by lua\*(TX.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-progname=" NAME
+Pretend to be program \fINAME\fR (only for kpathsea).
+.TP
+.B \-\-recorder
+Enable the filename recorder.
+This leaves a trace of the files opened for input and output
+in a file with extension \fI.fls\fR.
+.TP
+.B \-\-safer
+Disable some Lua commands that can easily be abused by a malicious
+document.
+.TP
+.BI "\-\-synctex=" NUMBER
+Enable/disable Sync\*(TX extension.
+.TP
+.B \-\-version
+Print version information and exit.
+.TP
+.B \-\-credits
+Print credits and version details.
+.TP
+The following options are ignored:
+.TP
+.BR \-\-8bit ,\ \-\-etex ,\ \-\-parse\-first\-line ,\ \-\-no\-parse\-first\-line
+These are always on.
+.TP
+.BR \-\-default\-translate\-file=\fITCXNAME\fP ,\ \-\-translate\-file=\fITCXNAME\fP
+These are always off.
+
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR pdftex (1),
+.BR etex (1),
+.BR aleph (1),
+.BR lua (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "AUTHORS"
+The primary authors of Lua\*(TX are Taco Hoekwater, Hartmut Henkel,
+Hans Hagen, and Luigi Scarso, with help from Martin Schr\[:o]der, Karel
+Skoupy, and Han The Thanh.
+.PP
+\*(TX was designed by Donald E. Knuth, who implemented it using his
+\*(WB system for Pascal programs.
+It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and at Cornell by
+Pavel Curtis.
+The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that generated
+by the \*(WB to C system (\fBweb2c\fR), originally written by Tomas
+Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
+.PP
+The Lua\*(TX home page is http://luatex.org.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mf.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mf.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..24c87f042cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mf.man
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+.TH MF 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+mf, inimf, mf-nowin \- Metafont, a language for font and logo design
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B mf
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ commands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\*(MF reads the program in the specified files
+and outputs font rasters (in
+.I gf
+format) and font metrics (in
+.I tfm
+format). The \*(MF
+language is described in
+.IR "The \*(MF\^book" .
+.PP
+Like
+\*(TX, \*(MF
+is normally used with a large body of precompiled macros, and font generation
+in particular requires the support of several macro files. This
+version of \*(MF looks at its command line to see what name it was
+called under. Both
+.B inimf
+and
+.B virmf
+are symlinks to the
+.B mf
+executable. When called as
+.BR inimf
+(or when the
+.B -ini
+option is given) it can be used to precompile macros into a
+.I .base
+file. When called as
+.B virmf
+it will use the
+.I plain
+base. When called under any other name, \*(MF will use that name as
+the name of the base to use. For example, when called as
+.B mf
+the
+.I mf
+base is used, which is identical to the
+.I plain
+base. Other bases than
+.I plain
+are rarely used.
+.PP
+The
+.I commands
+given on the command line to the \*(MF program are passed to it as the
+first input line. (But it is often easier to type extended arguments
+as the first input line, since UNIX shells tend to gobble up or
+misinterpret \*(MF's favorite symbols, like semicolons, unless you
+quote them.) As described in
+.IR "The \*(MF\^book" ,
+that first line should begin with a filename, a
+.RI \e controlsequence ,
+or a
+.IR &basename .
+.PP
+The normal usage is to say
+.IP
+\fBmf\ \fP '\\\|mode=<printengine>\^;\^ [\^mag=magstep(\fI\^n\fP\^)\^;\^]' input\ \^\fI font \fP
+.PP
+to start processing
+.IR font.mf .
+The single quotes are the best way of keeping the Unix
+shell from misinterpreting the semicolons and
+from removing the \\ character, which is needed here to
+keep \*(MF from thinking that you want to produce a font called
+.IR mode .
+(Or you can just say
+.I mf
+and give the other stuff on the next line, without quotes.) Other
+control sequences, such as
+.I batchmode
+(for silent operation) can also appear.
+The name
+.I font
+will be the ``jobname'', and is used in forming
+output file names.
+If \*(MF doesn't get a file name in the first line,
+the jobname is
+.IR mfput .
+The default extension,
+.IR .mf ,
+can be overridden by specifying an extension explicitly.
+.PP
+A log of error messages goes into the file \fIjobname\fP\fB\^.\^\fP\fIlog\fP.
+The output files are \fIjobname\fP\fB\^.\^\fP\fItfm\fP and
+\fIjobname\fP\fB\^.\^\fP\fI<\fP\^number\^\fI>gf\fP, where <number> depends on
+the resolution and magnification of the font. The
+.I mode
+in this
+example is shown generically as <printengine>, a symbolic term for which
+the name of an actual device or, most commonly, the name
+.I localfont
+(see below) must
+be substituted. If the mode is not specified or is not valid for your
+site, \*(MF will default to
+.I proof
+mode which produces
+large character images for use in font design and refinement. Proof
+mode can be recognized by the suffix
+.I .2602gf
+after the jobname. Examples of proof mode output can be found
+in
+.I "Computer Modern Typefaces"
+(Volume E of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ).
+The system of
+.I magsteps
+is identical to the system used by
+\*(TX,
+with values generally in the range 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0.
+A listing of
+.I gf
+numbers for 118-dpi, 240-dpi and 300-dpi fonts
+is shown below.
+.TS
+tab(:);
+c c c c
+l l l l.
+MAGSTEP:118 dpi:240 dpi:300 dpi
+mag=magstep(0):118:240:300
+mag=magstep(0.5):129:263:329
+mag=magstep(1):142:288:360
+mag=magstep(2):170:346:432
+mag=magstep(3):204:415:518
+mag=magstep(4):245:498:622
+mag=magstep(5):294:597:746
+.TE
+.PP
+Magnification can also be specified not as a magstep but as an
+arbitrary value, such as 1.315, to create special character sizes.
+.PP
+Before font production can begin, it is necessary to set up the
+appropriate base files. The minimum set of components for font
+production for a given print-engine is the
+.I plain.mf
+macro file
+and the local
+.I mode_def
+file. The macros in
+.I plain.mf
+can be
+studied in an appendix to the
+.IR "\*(MF\^book" ;
+they were developed by Donald E. Knuth, and this file should never be
+altered except when it is officially upgraded.
+Each
+.I mode_def
+specification helps adapt fonts to a particular print-engine.
+There is a regular discussion of
+.IR mode_def s
+in
+.IR TUGboat ,
+the journal of the
+\*(TX
+Users Group.
+The local ones in use on this computer should be in
+.IR modes.mf .
+.PP
+The
+.I e
+response to \*(MF\|'s error-recovery mode invokes the
+system default
+editor at the erroneous line of the source file.
+There is an environment variable, MFEDIT,
+that overrides the default editor.
+It should contain a string with "%s" indicating where the
+filename goes and "%d" indicating where the decimal linenumber (if any) goes.
+For example, an MFEDIT string for the
+.B vi
+editor can be set with the
+.B csh
+command
+.RS
+\fIsetenv MFEDIT "vi +%d %s"\fP
+.RE
+.PP
+A convenient file in the library is
+.IR null.mf ,
+containing nothing.
+When
+.B mf
+can't find the file it thinks you want to input, it keeps
+asking you for another file name; responding `null' gets you out
+of the loop if you don't want to input anything.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "ONLINE GRAPHICS OUTPUT"
+\*(MF can use most modern displays, so you can see its output
+without printing. Chapter 23 of
+.I "The \*(MF\^book"
+describes what you can do. This implementation of \*(MF uses
+environment variables to determine which display device you want to use.
+First it looks for a variable MFTERM, and then for TERM.
+If it can't find either, you get no online output. Otherwise, the value
+of the variable determines the device to use:
+.BR hp2627 ,
+.B sun
+(for old SunView),
+.BR tek ,
+.B uniterm
+(for an Atari ST Tek 4014 emulator),
+.B xterm
+(for either X10 or X11).
+Some of these devices may not be supported in all \*(MF
+executables; the choice is made at compilation time.
+.PP
+On some systems, there are two \*(MF binaries,
+.B mf
+and
+.BR mf-nowin .
+On those systems the
+.B mf
+binary supports graphics, while the
+.B mf-nowin
+binary does not. The
+.B mf-nowin
+binary is used by scripts like
+.B mktexpk
+where graphics support is a nuisance rather than something helpful.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+This version of \*(MF understands the following command line options.
+.TP
+.BI -base \ base
+Use
+.I base
+as the name of the base to be used, instead of the name by which
+\*(MF was called or a
+.I %&
+line.
+.TP
+.BI -cnf-line \ string
+Parse
+.I string
+as a
+.I texmf.cnf
+configuration line. See the Kpathsea manual.
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error
+Print error messages in the form
+.I file:line:error
+which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
+.TP
+.B -no-file-line-error
+Disable printing error messages in the
+.I file:line:error
+style.
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error-style
+This is the old name of the
+.B -file-line-error
+option.
+.TP
+.B -halt-on-error
+Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
+.TP
+.B -help
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+.B -ini
+Be
+.BR inimf ,
+for dumping bases; this is implicitly true if the program is called
+as
+.BR inimf .
+.TP
+.BI -interaction \ mode
+Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be one of
+.IR batchmode ,
+.IR nonstopmode ,
+.IR scrollmode ,
+and
+.IR errorstopmode .
+The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
+commands.
+.TP
+.BI -jobname \ name
+Use
+.I name
+for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
+.TP
+.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
+Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
+.I Kpathsea
+manual for details.
+.TP
+.BI -maketex \ fmt
+Enable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be
+.IR mf .
+.TP
+.BI -no-maketex \ fmt
+Disable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be
+.IR mf .
+.TP
+.BI -output-directory \ directory
+Write output files in
+.I directory
+instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
+.I directory
+first, the along the normal search path.
+.TP
+.B -parse-first-line
+If the first line of the main input file begins with
+.I %&
+parse it to look for a dump name or a
+.B -translate-file
+option.
+.TP
+.B -no-parse-first-line
+Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
+.TP
+.BI -progname \ name
+Pretend to be program
+.IR name .
+This affects both the format used and the search paths.
+.TP
+.B -recorder
+Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
+for input and output in a file with extension
+.IR .fls .
+.TP
+.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
+Use the
+.I tcxname
+translation table.
+.TP
+.B -version
+Print version information and exit.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
+node) for the details of how the environment variables are use when
+searching. The
+.B kpsewhich
+utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
+.PP
+If the environment variable
+.B TEXMFOUTPUT
+is set, \*(MF attempts to put its output
+files in it, if they cannot be put in the current directory. Again, see
+.BR tex (1).
+.TP
+.B MFINPUTS
+Search path for
+.I input
+files.
+.TP
+.B MFEDIT
+Command template for switching to editor.
+.TP
+.B MFTERM
+Determines the online graphics display. If MFTERM is not set,
+and DISPLAY is set, the Metafont window support for X is used.
+(DISPLAY must be set to a valid X server specification, as usual.)
+If neither MFTERM nor DISPLAY is set, TERM is used to guess the window
+support to use.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "FONT UTILITIES"
+A number of utility programs are available.
+The following is a partial list of available utilities and their purpose.
+Consult your local \*(MF guru for details.
+.br
+.TP \w'gftodvi'u+2n
+.B gftopk
+Takes a
+.I gf
+file and produces a more tightly packed
+.I pk
+font file.
+.TP
+.B gftodvi
+Produces proof sheets for fonts.
+.TP
+.B gftype
+Displays the contents of a
+.I gf
+file in mnemonics and/or images.
+.TP
+.B pktype
+Mnemonically displays the contents of a
+.I pk
+file.
+.TP
+.B mft
+Formats a source file as shown in
+.IR "Computer Modern Typefaces" .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "FILES"
+.TP
+.I "mf.pool"
+Encoded text of \*(MF's messages.
+.TP
+.I *.base
+Predigested \*(MF base files.
+.TP
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/metafont/base/plain.mf
+The standard base.
+.TP
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/metafont/misc/modes.mf
+The file of
+.IR mode_def s
+for your site's various printers
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NOTES
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(MF can be found in the info manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH BUGS
+On January 4, 1986 the ``final'' bug in \*(MF was discovered
+and removed. If an error still lurks in the code, Donald E. Knuth promises to
+pay a finder's fee which doubles every year to the first person who finds
+it. Happy hunting.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SUGGESTED READING"
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I "The \*(MF\^book"
+(Volume C of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I "\*(MF:\^ The Program"
+(Volume D of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13438-1.
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I Computer Modern Typefaces
+(Volume E of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13446-2.
+.br
+.I TUGboat
+(the journal of the \*(TX Users Group).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH COMMENTS
+Warning: ``Type design can be hazardous to your other interests.
+Once you get hooked, you will develop intense feelings about letterforms;
+the medium will intrude on the messages that you read.
+And you will perpetually be thinking of improvements to the fonts that
+you see everywhere, especially those of your own design.''
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR gftopk (1),
+.BR gftodvi (1),
+.BR gftype (1),
+.BR mft (1),
+.BR mpost (1),
+.BR pltotf (1),
+.BR tftopl (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+\*(MF was designed by Donald E. Knuth, who implemented it
+using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs. It was originally
+ported to Unix by Paul Richards at the University of Illinois at
+Urbana-Champaign. This page was mostly written by Pierre MacKay.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mft.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mft.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..38e7ccb3ce3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mft.man
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+.TH MFT 1 "27 May 2018" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MP MetaPost
+.if t .ds MP MetaPost
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+mft \- translate Metafont or MetaPost code to TeX code for prettyprinting
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B mft
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.BR \fImf_file_name\fP [ .mf | .mp ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B mft
+program creates a \*(TX file from a \*(MF or \*(MP program.
+It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page
+layout and the use of indentation, italics, boldface, etc., as illustrated
+in the book
+.IR "Computer Modern Typefaces" .
+Special conventions in \*(MF and \*(MP comments allow you to control things that
+would not otherwise come out right; section 1 of the MFT source program
+in the
+.I \*(MFware
+report explains these rules.
+.PP
+The
+.B mft
+program uses an optional change file (which works just as the change files to
+.BR tangle (1)
+and
+.BR weave (1)
+do)
+and one or several style files (which are prepended to everything).
+If no style file is specified, the style file
+.B plain.mft
+for \*(MF (or
+.B mplain.mft
+for \*(MP) is automatically used.
+.PP
+The
+.IR mf_file_name ,
+optional
+.IR change_file_name ,
+and
+.I style_file_name
+files are searched for using the MFINPUTS (for \*(MF) or MPINPUTS (for
+\*(MP) and MFTINPUTS environment variables if you have set them, or else the
+corresponding system defaults.
+.PP
+The output \*(TX file name is formed by using
+.B .tex
+in place of the extension of
+.IR mf_file_name .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BI \-change= change_file_name \fR[\fP.ch\fR]\fP
+Apply the change file
+.I change_file_name
+to
+.IR mf_file_name .
+.PP
+.TP
+.B \-metapost
+Assume
+.I mf_file_name
+is a \*(MP source file (this is the default if
+.I mf_file_name
+has the extension
+.BR .mp ).
+.PP
+.TP
+.BI \-style= style_file_name \fR[\fP.mft\fR]\fP
+Use the style file
+.I style_file_name
+instead of
+.B plain.mft
+(or
+.BR mplain.mft );
+this option can be given more than once.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I mftmac.tex
+\*(TX macros used by
+.B mft
+output.
+.TP
+.IR plain.mft ", " mplain.mft
+Default style files.
+.TP
+.I cmbase.mft
+Style file for Computer Modern.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR mf (1),
+.BR weave (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I Computer Modern Typefaces
+(Volume E of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13446-2.
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth et al.,
+.IR \*(MFware .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program, and he ported it to Unix with the help of
+Pierre MacKay and the Unix port of
+.B weave
+by Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis.
+The program is published in the
+.I \*(MFware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mpost.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mpost.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7eac5c0e016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/mpost.man
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+.TH MPOST 1 "31 December 2018" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.de URL
+\\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3
+..
+.if \n[.g] .mso www.tmac
+.if n .ds MP MetaPost
+.if t .ds MP MetaPost
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+mpost, pmpost, upmpost \- MetaPost, a system for creating graphics
+r-mpost, r-pmpost, r-upmpost \- restricted MetaPost
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B mpost
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ commands ]
+.PP
+.B mpost
+.B --dvitomp
+.IR dvifile [\fB.dvi\fP]
+.RI [ mpxfile [\fB.mpx\fP]]
+
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\*(MP interprets the \*(MP language and produces PostScript (EPS)
+or Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) pictures. The \*(MP language is similar
+to Knuth's \*(MF with additional features for including
+.BR tex (1)
+or
+.BR troff (1)
+commands and accessing features of PostScript not found in \*(MF.
+.PP
+\*(MP is normally used with a set of basic macros, and it
+will use its executable name as the name of the preload
+file to use. For example, when called as
+.B mpost
+the
+.I mpost.mp
+file is used, which simply reads
+.IR plain.mp .
+When the
+.B --ini
+option is given, preloading does not happen.
+.PP
+The
+.I commands
+given on the command line to the \*(MP program are passed to it as the
+first input line. (But it is often easier to type extended arguments
+as the first input line, since UNIX shells tend to gobble up or
+misinterpret \*(MP's favorite symbols, like semicolons, unless you
+quote them.) The normal usage is to say
+.I mpost figs
+to process the file
+.IR figs.mp .
+The basename of
+.I figs
+becomes the ``jobname'',
+and is used in forming output file names. If no file is named, the
+jobname becomes
+.IR mpout .
+The default extension,
+.IR .mp ,
+can be overridden by specifying an extension explicitly.
+.PP
+When the
+.B --dvitomp
+option is given, \*(MP acts as DVI-to-MPX converter only.
+See dvitomp (1) for details.
+.PP
+The
+.B pmpost
+program is a variant with Japanese support, and
+.B upmpost
+has Unicode-enabled Japanese support, analogous to ptex and uptex.
+.PP
+All three variants are also installed with an `r-' prefix, that is,
+.BR r-mpost ,
+.BR r-pmpost ,
+.BR r-upmpost ,
+which implicitly specify the
+.B --restricted
+option to make MetaPost safe to run on unknown input; the tex, makempx,
+and editor commands are disabled.
+.PP
+This manual page is a mere skeleton. For a list of all command line
+options, run
+.BR --help .
+.PP
+The main documentation for this version of \*(MP can be found in the
+User Manual that should have been installed along with the program and
+is also available from https://tug.org/metapost.
+.PP
+The \*(MP language is similar to \*(MF, but the manual
+assumes no knowledge of \*(MF. \*(MP does not have bitmap
+output commands or \*(MF's online display mechanism.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I plain.mp
+The standard preload file.
+.TP
+.I mfplain.mp
+The \*(MF-compatible preload file.
+.TP
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/metapost/base/*.mp
+The standard \*(MP macros included in the original distribution.
+.TP
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/metapost/support/*
+Various tables for handling included
+.I tex
+and
+.IR troff .
+.TP
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/metapost/support/trfonts.map
+Table of corresponding font names for
+.I troff
+and PostScript.
+.TP
+.I psfonts.map
+Table of corresponding font names for
+.I tex
+and PostScript.
+.TP
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/doc/metapost/*
+The \*(MP manual and tutorial source, also including sample figures
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SUGGESTED READING"
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I "The \*(MF\^book"
+(Volume C of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
+.br
+.I TUGboat
+(the journal of the \*(TX Users Group).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR dvitomp (1),
+.BR epstopdf (1),
+.BR mf (1),
+.BR mptopdf (1),
+.BR tex (1),
+.br
+.URL "https://tug.org/metapost/" "MetaPost home page" .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+\*(MP was created by John D. Hobby, incorporating algorithms from
+\*(MF by Donald E. Knuth. It was originally implemented on Unix,
+incorporating system-dependent routines from
+.BR web2c ,
+while not relying on it except for the actual \*(WB-to-C translator.
+.PP
+Ulrik Vieth adapted \*(MP to take advantage of the advanced path
+searching features in more recent versions of
+.B web2c
+and worked towards fully integrating \*(MP into the canonical Unix
+\*(TX distribution.
+.PP
+The primary author of the current \*(MP was Taco Hoekwater, with
+assistance from Hans Hagen and many others. It is currently maintained
+by Luigi Scarso.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH BUGS
+The MetaPost home page is https://tug.org/metapost.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ofm2opl.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ofm2opl.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6df373a5d62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ofm2opl.man
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.TH OFM2OPL 1 "14 April 2016" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.PP
+.SH "NAME"
+ofm2opl \- convert Omega and TeX font-metric files to property-list files
+.PP
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.PP
+.B ofm2opl
+.RI [ options ]
+.IR ofmname [ \fB.ofm\fP ]
+.RI [ oplfile [ \fB.opl\fP ]]
+.PP
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.PP
+\fBofm2opl\fP translates a binary Omega Font Metrics file,
+\fIofmname\fP, into a human-readable property-list form\&. The
+program writes to standard output (by default) or to a file specified
+as \fIoplfile\fP\&.
+.PP
+The program also works with TeX TFM files, producing TeX PL files\&.
+.PP
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.PP
+(Same as \fBovf2ovp\fP).
+.IP
+.IP "\fB-charcode-format=\fP\fItype\fP"
+output character codes according to \fItype\fP,
+either `hex\&', `octal\&' or `ascii\&'\&. Default is
+`hex\&'\&; `ascii' says to use
+ASCII for letters and digits, hex for all else\&.
+.IP "\fB-char-format=\fP\fIstype\fP"
+output character codes according to \fIstype\fP,
+either `num\&' or `ascii\&'\&. Default is `num'; `ascii' as in
+-charcode-format. (These two redundant options both exist only for
+historical compatibility.)
+.IP "\fB-num-format=\fP\fIntype\fP"
+output numbers according to \fIntype\fP,
+either `hex' or `octal'; default is hex.
+.IP "\fB-text-format=\fP\fIttype\fP"
+output coding scheme and family according to \fIttype\fP,
+either `mixed' or `upper' case; default is mixed.
+.IP "\fB-help\fP"
+display a brief summary of syntax and options
+.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
+display progress reports
+.IP "\fB-version\fP"
+output version information and exit
+.IP
+.PP
+.SH "FILES"
+.PP
+.IP "\fIOFMNAME\fP"
+an Omega Font Metric file
+.IP "\fIOPLFILE\fP"
+an Omega Property List file
+.PP
+.SH "BUGS"
+.PP
+Send bug reports to <http://lists.tug.org/tex-k>
+(mailing list); may also check if the same bug is present in
+\fBtftopl\fP(1)\&. General discussion of Omega (and Aleph) can take place
+on the <http://lists.tug.org/omega> mailing list.
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PP
+\fBomega\fP(1), \fBaleph\fP(1), \fBopl2ofm\fP(1), \fBpltotf\fP(1),
+\fBtftopl\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.PP
+According to the WEB documentation:
+.PP
+.RS
+The first \fBTFtoPL\fP program was designed by Leo Guibas in the
+summer of 1978\&. Contributions by Frank Liang, Doug Wyatt, and Lyle
+Ramshaw also had a significant effect on the evolution of the present
+code\&.
+.PP
+Extensions for an enhanced ligature mechanism were added by D\&.E\&. Knuth
+in 1989\&.
+.PP
+Extensions to handle extended font metric files (``OFM\&'\&') were added
+by John Plaice in December 1995 and January 1996, resulting in the new
+program \fBOFM2OPL\fP\&.
+.RE
+.PP
+\fBofm2opl\fP is based on the WEB source code for \fBtftopl\fP(1),
+although nowadays it is a link to \fBomfonts\fP, implemented entirely in
+C.
+.PP
+The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous.
+Omega (and Aleph) are now maintained as part of TeX Live.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
+<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
+the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
+without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
+manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
+manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/opl2ofm.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/opl2ofm.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f37496f58e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/opl2ofm.man
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.TH OPL2OFM 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.PP
+.SH "NAME"
+opl2ofm \- convert Omega and TeX property-list files to font-metric files
+.PP
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.PP
+.B opl2ofm
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.IR OPLFILE [ \fB.opl\fP ]
+.RI [ OFMFILE [ \fB.ofm\fP ]]
+.PP
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.PP
+\fBopl2ofm\fP translates a property-list format file, \fIOPLFILE\fP,
+into the binary Omega Font Metric format\&. The program writes to
+standard output (by default) or to a file specified as
+\fIOFMFILE\fP\&.
+.PP
+The program also works with TeX PL files, producing TeX TFM files\&.
+(\fBopl2ofm\fP is based on the WEB source code for \fBpltotf\fP(1)\&.)
+.PP
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.PP
+.IP
+.IP "\fB-help\fP"
+display a brief summary of syntax and options
+.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
+display progress reports
+.IP "\fB-version\fP"
+output version information and exit
+.IP
+.PP
+.SH "BUGS"
+.PP
+None known, but report any found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&. You should also
+check to see if the bug is present in \fBpltotf\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PP
+\fBomega\fP(1), \fBofm2opl\fP(1), \fBpltotf\fP(1),
+\fBtftopl\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
+.PP
+Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
+.PP
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.PP
+According to the WEB documentation:
+.PP
+.RS
+The first \fBPLtoTF\fP program was designed by Leo Guibas in the
+summer of 1978\&. Contributions by Frank Liang, Doug Wyatt, and Lyle
+Ramshaw also had a significant effect on the evolution of the present
+code\&.
+.PP
+Extensions for an enhanced ligature mechanism were added by D\&.E\&. Knuth
+in 1989\&.
+.PP
+Extensions to handle extended font metric files (``OFM\&'\&') were added
+by John Plaice in December 1995 and January 1996, resulting in the new
+program \fBOPL2OFM\fP\&.
+.RE
+.PP
+The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
+<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
+<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
+<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
+the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
+without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
+manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
+manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovf2ovp.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovf2ovp.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e3af350ee17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovf2ovp.man
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.TH OVF2OVP 1 "14 April 2016" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.PP
+.SH "NAME"
+ovf2ovp \- convert virtual font file and associated font metrics to property-list format
+.PP
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.PP
+.B ovf2ovp
+.RI [ options ]
+.IR ovfname [ \fB.ovf\fP ]
+.RI [ ofmname [ \fB.ofm\fP ]
+.RI [ ovpfile [ \fB.ovp\fP ]]]
+.PP
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.PP
+\fBovf2ovp\fP translates a virtual font (OVF) file, \fIovfname\fP,
+and its companion font metric (OFM) file, \fIofmname\fP, into a
+human-readable property-list format\&. The program writes to standard
+output (by default) or to a file specified as \fIovpname\fP\&.
+.PP
+The program also works with TeX VF and TFM files, producing TeX VPL
+files\&.
+.PP
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.PP
+(Same as \fBofm2opl\fP).
+.IP
+.IP "\fB-charcode-format=\fP\fItype\fP"
+output character codes according to \fItype\fP,
+either `hex\&', `octal\&' or `ascii\&'\&. Default is
+`hex\&'\&; `ascii' says to use
+ASCII for letters and digits, hex for all else\&.
+.IP "\fB-char-format=\fP\fIstype\fP"
+output character codes according to \fIstype\fP,
+either `num\&' or `ascii\&'\&. Default is `num'; `ascii' as in
+-charcode-format. (These two redundant options both exist only for
+historical compatibility.)
+.IP "\fB-num-format=\fP\fIntype\fP"
+output numbers according to \fIntype\fP,
+either `hex' or `octal'; default is hex.
+.IP "\fB-text-format=\fP\fIttype\fP"
+output coding scheme and family according to \fIttype\fP,
+either `mixed' or `upper' case; default is mixed.
+.IP "\fB-help\fP"
+display a brief summary of syntax and options
+.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
+display progress reports
+.IP "\fB-version\fP"
+output version information and exit
+.IP
+.PP
+.SH "FILES"
+.PP
+.IP "\fIovpfile\fP"
+Omega Virtual Property List file
+.IP "\fIofmname\fP"
+Omega Font Metric file
+.IP "\fIovfname\fP"
+Omega Virtual Font file
+.PP
+.SH "BUGS"
+.PP
+Send bug reports to <http://lists.tug.org/tex-k>
+(mailing list); may also check if the same bug is present in
+\fBvftovp\fP(1)\&. General discussion of Omega (and Aleph) can take place
+on the <http://lists.tug.org/omega> mailing list.
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PP
+\fBomega\fP(1), \fBaleph\fP(1), \fBofm2opl\fP(1), \fBovp2ovf\fP(1),
+\fBpltotf\fP(1), \fBtftopl\fP(1), \fBvftovp\fP(1),
+\fBvptovf\fP(1)
+.PP
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.PP
+According to the WEB documentation:
+.PP
+.RS
+\fBVFtoVP\fP is an extended version of the program \fBTFtoPL\fP,
+which is part of the standard TeXware library\&. The idea of a
+virtual font was inspired by the work of David R\&. Fuchs who designed a
+similar set of conventions in 1984 while developing a device driver
+for ArborText, Inc\&. He wrote a somewhat similar program called
+\fBAMFtoXPL\fP\&.
+.RE
+.PP
+Thus, \fBovf2ovp\fP is based on the WEB source code for \fBvftovp\fP(1),
+although nowadays it is a link to \fBomfonts\fP, implemented entirely in
+C.
+.PP
+The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous.
+Omega (and Aleph) are now maintained as part of TeX Live.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
+<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
+the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
+without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
+manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
+manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovp2ovf.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovp2ovf.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..394b3c3a776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ovp2ovf.man
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.TH OVP2OVF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.PP
+.SH "NAME"
+ovp2ovf \- convert a virtual property-list file into a virtual font file and its associated font metric file
+.PP
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.B ovp2ovf
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.IR OVPFILE [ \fB.ovp\fP ]
+.RI [ OVFFILE [ \fB.ovf\fP ]
+.RI [ OFMFILE [ \fB.ofm\fP ]]]
+.PP
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.PP
+\fBovp2ovf\fP translates a human-readable virtual property list (OVP)
+file, \fIOVPFILE\fP, into a virtual font (OVF) file, \fIOVFFILE\fP
+and its companion font metric (OFM) file, \fIOFMFILE\fP\&.
+.PP
+The program also works with TeX VP files, producing VF and TFM files\&.
+(\fBovp2ovf\fP is based on the WEB source code for \fBvptovf\fP(1)\&.)
+.PP
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.PP
+.IP "\fB-help\fP"
+display a brief summary of syntax and options
+.IP "\fB-verbose\fP"
+display progress reports
+.IP "\fB-version\fP"
+output version information and exit
+.IP
+.PP
+.SH "FILES"
+.IP "\fIOFMFILE\fP"
+Omega Font Metric file
+.IP "\fIOVFFILE\fP"
+Omega Virtual Font file
+.IP "\fIOVPFILE\fP"
+Omega Virtual Property List file
+.PP
+.SH "BUGS"
+.PP
+None known, but report any found to <omega@ens\&.fr> (mailing list)\&. You should also
+check to see if the bug is in \fBvptovf\fP(1)\&.
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.PP
+\fBomega\fP(1), \fBofm2opl\fP(1), \fBovf2ovp\fP(1),
+\fBpltotf\fP(1), \fBtftopl\fP(1), \fBvftovp\fP(1),
+\fBvptovf\fP(1)
+.PP
+\fIDraft Manual for the Omega System\fP (\fIomega-manual\&.dvi\fP)\&.
+.PP
+Web page: <http://www\&.gutenberg\&.eu\&.org/omega/>
+.PP
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.PP
+According to the WEB documentation:
+.PP
+.RS
+\fBVPtoVF\fP is an extended version of the program \fBPLtoTF\fP,
+which is part of the standard TeXware library\&. \fBOVP2OVF\fP is an
+extended version of \fBVPtoVF\fP that allows much larger fonts\&. The
+idea of a virtual font was inspired by the work of David R\&. Fuchs who
+designed a similar set of conventions in 1984 while developing a
+device driver for ArborText, Inc\&. He wrote a somewhat similar program
+called \fBPLFONT\fP\&.
+.RE
+.PP
+The primary authors of Omega are John Plaice
+<plaice@cse\&.unsw\&.edu\&.au> and Yannis Haralambous
+<yannis@fluxus-virus\&.com>\&.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by C\&.M\&. Connelly
+<cmc@debian\&.org>, for
+the Debian GNU/Linux system\&. It may be used by other distributions
+without contacting the author\&. Any mistakes or omissions in the
+manual page are my fault; inquiries about or corrections to this
+manual page should be directed to me (and not to the primary author)\&.
+.PP
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/patgen.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/patgen.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cb4ae6af19f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/patgen.man
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+.TH PATGEN 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+patgen \- generate patterns for TeX hyphenation
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B patgen
+.I dictionary_file pattern_file patout_file translate_file
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive.
+See also the Info file or manual
+.I "Web2C: A TeX implementation"
+available as part of the TeX Live distribution or at
+.IR http://tug.org/web2c .
+.PP
+The
+.I patgen
+program reads the
+.I dictionary_file
+containing a list of hyphenated words and the
+.I pattern_file
+containing previously-generated patterns (if any) for a particular
+language (not a complete TeX source file; see below), and produces the
+.I patout_file
+with (previously- plus newly-generated) hyphenation patterns for that
+language. The
+.I translate_file
+defines language specific values for the parameters
+.IR left_hyphen_min " and " right_hyphen_min
+used by \*(TX's hyphenation algorithm and the external representation
+of the lower and upper case version(s) of all \`letters' of that
+language. Further details of the pattern generation process such as
+hyphenation levels and pattern lengths are requested interactively from
+the user's terminal. Optionally
+.I patgen
+creates a new dictionary file
+.BI pattmp. n
+showing the good and bad hyphens found by the generated patterns, where
+.I n
+is the highest hyphenation level.
+.PP
+The patterns generated by
+.I patgen
+can be read by
+.B initex
+for use in hyphenating words. For a real-life example of
+.IR patgen 's
+output, see
+.IR $TEXMFMAIN/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex ,
+which contains the patterns \*(TX uses for English by default.
+At some sites, patterns for (many) other languages may be available,
+and the local
+.B tex
+programs may have them preloaded.
+.PP
+All filenames must be complete; no adding of default
+extensions or path searching is done.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILE FORMATS
+.TP \w'@@'u+2n
+.B Letters
+When
+.B initex
+digests hyphenation patterns, \*(TX first expands macros and the result
+must entirely consist of digits (hyphenation levels), dots (\`.', edge
+of a word), and letters. In pattern files for non-English languages
+letters are often represented by macros or other expandable constructs.
+For the purpose of
+.I patgen
+these are just character sequences, subject to the condition that no
+such sequence is a prefix of another one.
+.TP \w'@@'u+2n
+.B Dictionary file
+A dictionary file contains a weighted list of hyphenated words, one word
+per line starting in column 1. A digit in column 1 indicates a global
+word weight (initially =1) applicable to all following words up to the
+next global word weight. A digit at some intercharacter position
+indicates a weight for that position only.
+
+The hyphens in a word are indicated by \`-', \`*', or \`.' (or their
+replacements as defined in the translate file) for hyphens yet to be
+found, \`good' hyphens (correctly found by the patterns), and \`bad'
+hyphens (erroneously found by the patterns) respectively; when reading a
+dictionary file \`*' is treated like \`-' and \`.' is ignored.
+.TP
+.B Pattern file
+A pattern file contains only patterns in the format above, e.g., from a
+previous run of patgen. It may \fInot\fR contain any \*(TX comments or
+control sequences. For instance, this is not a valid pattern file:
+.nf
+
+% this is a pattern file read by TeX.
+\\patterns{%
+ .\|.\|.
+}
+.fi
+It can only contain the actual patterns, i.e., the `.\|.\|.'.
+.TP
+.B Translate file
+A translate file starts with a line containing the values of
+.I left_hyphen_min
+in columns 1-2,
+.I right_hyphen_min
+in columns 3-4, and either a blank or the replacement for one of the
+"hyphen" characters \`-', \`*', and \`.' in columns 5, 6, and 7. (Input
+lines are padded with blanks as for many \*(TX related programs.)
+
+Each following line defines one \`letter': an arbitrary delimiter
+character in column 1, followed by one or more external representations
+of that character (first the \`lower' case one used for output), each
+one terminated by the delimiter and the whole sequence terminated by
+another delimiter.
+
+If the translate file is empty, the values
+.IR left_hyphen_min "=2, " right_hyphen_min "=3,"
+and the 26 lower case letters
+.BR a .\|.\|. z
+with their upper case representations
+.BR A .\|.\|. Z
+are assumed.
+.TP
+.B Terminal input
+After reading the
+.I translate_file
+and any previously-generated patterns from
+.IR pattern_file ,
+.I patgen
+requests input from the user's terminal.
+
+First the integer values of
+.IR hyph_start " and " hyph_finish ,
+the lowest and highest hyphenation level for which patterns are to be
+generated. The value of
+.I hyph_start
+should be larger than any hyphenation level already present in
+.IR pattern_file .
+
+Then, for each hyphenation level, the integer values of
+.IR pat_start " and " pat_finish ,
+the smallest and largest pattern length to be analyzed, as well as
+.IR "good weight" ", " "bad weight" ", and " threshold ,
+the weights for good and bad hyphens and a weight threshold for useful
+patterns.
+
+Finally the decision (\`y' or \`Y' vs. anything else) whether or not to
+produce a hyphenated word list.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+.TP \w'@@'u+2n
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex
+The original hyphenation patterns for English, by Donald Knuth and Frank
+Liang.
+.TP
+.I http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ushyph
+Additional hyphenation patterns for English, extended by Gerard Kuiken.
+.TP
+.I http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyph-utf8
+Collected hyphenation patterns for many languages in many formats.
+.TP
+.I http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/language/
+General CTAN directory for patterns and support for many other languages.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+Frank Liang and Peter Breitenlohner,
+patgen.web.
+.PP
+Frank Liang,
+.IR "Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-puter" ,
+STAN-CS-83-977,
+Stanford University Ph.D. thesis, 1983,
+http://tug.org/docs/liang.
+.PP
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "The \*(OXbook" ,
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13447-0, Appendix H.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Frank Liang wrote the first version of this program. Peter
+Breitenlohner made a
+substantial revision in 1991 for \*(TX 3.
+The first version was published as the appendix to the
+.I \*(OXware
+technical report. Howard Trickey originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdfetex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdfetex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d7607bf24d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdfetex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+.TH PDFETEX 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
+.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
+.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+pdfetex \- PDF output from e-TeX
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pdfetex
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
+.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+pdfe\*(TX is another name for pdf\*(TX; they behave identically.
+See pdftex(1) for all information.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR pdftex (1),
+http://pdftex.org, http://tug.org/web2c.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6f7302d91fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+.TH PDFTEX 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if t .ds AX \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds AX AmSTeX
+.if t .ds AY \fRA\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'M\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'S\fP\*(LX
+.if n .ds AY AmSLaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+pdftex \- PDF output from TeX
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pdftex
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
+.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Run the pdf\*(TX typesetter on
+.IR file ,
+usually creating
+.IR file.pdf .
+If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
+Instead of a filename, a set of pdf\*(TX commands can be given, the first
+of which must start with a backslash.
+With a
+.BI & format
+argument pdf\*(TX uses a different set of precompiled commands,
+contained in
+.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
+it is usually better to use the
+.B -fmt
+.I format
+option instead.
+.PP
+pdf\*(TX is a version of \*(TX, with the e-\*(TX extensions, that can
+create PDF files as well as DVI files.
+.PP
+In DVI mode, pdf\*(TX can be used as a complete replacement for the
+\*(TX engine.
+.PP
+The typical use of pdf\*(TX is with a pregenerated formats for which
+PDF output has been enabled. The
+.B pdftex
+command uses the equivalent of the plain \*(TX format, and the
+.B pdflatex
+command uses the equivalent of the \*(LX format.
+To generate formats, use the
+.B -ini
+switch.
+.PP
+The
+.B pdfinitex
+and
+.B pdfvirtex
+commands are pdf\*(TX's analogues to the
+.B initex
+and
+.B virtex
+commands. In this installation, if the links exist, they are symbolic
+links to the
+.B pdftex
+executable.
+.PP
+In PDF mode, pdf\*(TX can natively handle the
+.IR PDF ,
+.IR JPG ,
+.IR JBIG2 ,
+and
+.I PNG
+graphics formats. pdf\*(TX cannot include PostScript or Encapsulated
+PostScript (EPS) graphics files; first convert them to PDF using
+.BR epstopdf (1).
+pdf\*(TX's handling of its command-line arguments is similar to that of
+of the other \*(TX programs in the
+.I web2c
+implementation.
+.PP
+Starting with version 1.40, pdf\*(TX incorporates the e-\*(TX
+extensions, and pdfe\*(TX is just a copy of pdf\*(TX. See
+.BR etex (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+This version of pdf\*(TX understands the following command line options.
+.TP
+.BI -cnf-line \ string
+Parse
+.I string
+as a
+.I texmf.cnf
+configuration line. See the Kpathsea manual.
+.TP
+.B -draftmode
+Sets \epdfdraftmode so pdf\*(TX doesn't write a PDF and doesn't read any
+included images, thus speeding up execution.
+.TP
+.B -enc
+Enable the enc\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
+combination with
+.BR -ini .
+For documentation of the enc\*(TX extensions see
+http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html.
+.TP
+.B -etex
+Enable the e-\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
+combination with
+.BR -ini .
+See
+.BR etex (1).
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error
+Print error messages in the form
+.I file:line:error
+which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
+.TP
+.B -no-file-line-error
+Disable printing error messages in the
+.I file:line:error
+style.
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error-style
+This is the old name of the
+.B -file-line-error
+option.
+.TP
+.BI -fmt \ format
+Use
+.I format
+as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
+pdf\*(TX was called or a
+.I %&
+line.
+.TP
+.B -halt-on-error
+Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
+.TP
+.B -help
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+.B -ini
+Start in
+.I INI
+mode, which is used to dump formats. The
+.I INI
+mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and
+basic initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
+.TP
+.BI -interaction \ mode
+Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be either
+.IR batchmode ,
+.IR nonstopmode ,
+.IR scrollmode ,
+and
+.IR errorstopmode .
+The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
+\ecommands.
+.TP
+.B -ipc
+Send DVI or PDF output to a socket as well as the usual output file.
+Whether this option is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.B -ipc-start
+As
+.BR -ipc ,
+and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
+is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.BI -jobname \ name
+Use
+.I name
+for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
+.TP
+.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
+Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
+.I Kpathsea
+manual for details.
+.TP
+.BI -mktex \ fmt
+Enable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be either
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.B -mltex
+Enable ML\*(TX extensions. Only effective in combination with
+.BR -ini .
+.TP
+.BI -no-mktex \ fmt
+Disable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be either
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.BI -output-comment \ string
+In DVI mode, use
+.I string
+for the DVI file comment instead of the date. This option is ignored in
+PDF mode.
+.TP
+.BI -output-directory \ directory
+Write output files in
+.I directory
+instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
+.I directory
+first, the along the normal search path.
+.TP
+.BI -output-format \ format
+Set the output format mode, where
+.I format
+must be either
+.I pdf
+or
+.IR dvi .
+This also influences the set of graphics formats understood by pdf\*(TX.
+.TP
+.B -parse-first-line
+If the first line of the main input file begins with
+.I %&
+parse it to look for a dump name or a
+.B -translate-file
+option.
+.TP
+.B -no-parse-first-line
+Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
+.TP
+.BI -progname \ name
+Pretend to be program
+.IR name .
+This affects both the format used and the search paths.
+.TP
+.B -recorder
+Enable the filename recorder.
+This leaves a trace of the files opened for input and output
+in a file with extension
+.IR .fls .
+.TP
+.B -shell-escape
+Enable the
+.RI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct. The
+.I command
+can be any shell command. This construct is normally
+disallowed for security reasons.
+.TP
+.B -no-shell-escape
+Disable the
+.RI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct, even if it is enabled in the
+.I texmf.cnf
+file.
+.TP
+.B -shell-restricted
+Enable restricted \ewrite18{}, as explained in the ``Shell escapes''
+section of the Web2c Texinfo manual.
+.TP
+.B -src-specials
+In DVI mode, insert source specials into the DVI file. This option is
+ignored in PDF mode.
+.TP
+.BI -src-specials \ where
+In DVI mode, insert source specials in certain places of the DVI file. The
+.I where
+argument is a comma-separated value list:
+.IR cr ,
+.IR display ,
+.IR hbox ,
+.IR math ,
+.IR par ,
+.IR parent ,
+or
+.IR vbox .
+This option is ignored in PDF mode.
+.TP
+.BI -synctex \ NUMBER
+generate SyncTeX data for previewers according to bits of NUMBER. See the
+.I synctex
+manual page for details.
+.TP
+.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
+Use the
+.I tcxname
+translation table to set the mapping of input characters and
+re-mapping of output characters.
+.TP
+.BI -default-translate-file \ tcxname
+Like
+.B -translate-file
+except that a
+.I %&
+line can overrule this setting.
+.TP
+.B -version
+Print version information and exit.
+.TP
+.B -8bit
+make all characters printable by default.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+See the Kpathsea library documentation (e.g., the `Path specifications'
+node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
+The
+.B kpsewhich
+utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
+.PP
+One caveat: In most pdf\*(TX formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
+give directly to pdf\*(TX, because ~ is an active character in \*(TX,
+and hence is expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other
+programs, such as \*(MF, do not have this problem.
+.PP
+.TP
+.B TEXMFOUTPUT
+Normally, pdf\*(TX puts its output files in the current directory. If
+any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
+directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
+There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
+.I pdftex paper
+and the current directory is not writable and TEXMFOUTPUT has
+the value
+.IR /tmp ,
+pdf\*(TX attempts to create
+.I /tmp/paper.log
+(and
+.IR /tmp/paper.pdf ,
+if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
+files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
+read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
+the input name is simply checked as given.
+.TP
+.B TEXINPUTS
+Search path for
+.I \einput
+and
+.I \eopenin
+files.
+This normally starts with ``.'', so
+that user files are found before system files. An empty path
+component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
+.I texmf.cnf
+file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
+current directory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
+.TP
+.B TEXFORMATS
+Search path for format files.
+.TP
+.B TEXEDIT
+Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
+.BR vi ,
+is set when pdf\*(TX is compiled.
+.TP
+.B TFMFONTS
+Search path for font metric
+.RI ( .tfm )
+files.
+.TP
+.B SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
+If set, its value, taken to be in epoch-seconds, will be used for the
+timestamps in the PDF output, such as the CreationDate and ModDate keys.
+This is useful for making reproducible builds.
+.TP
+.B FORCE_SOURCE_DATE
+If set to the value "1", the time-related \*(TX primitives
+.RI ( \eyear ,
+.IR \emonth ,
+.IR \eday ,
+.IR \etime )
+are also initialized from the value of SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH. This is not
+recommended if there is any viable alternative.
+.br
+pdf\*(TX also has several primitives to support reproducible builds,
+which are preferable to setting these environment variables; see the
+main manual.
+.PP
+Many, many more environment variables may be consulted related to path
+searching. See the Kpathsea manual.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to
+system. Use the
+.B kpsewhich
+utility to find their locations.
+.TP
+.I pdftex.map
+Font name mapping definitions.
+.TP
+.I *.tfm
+Metric files for pdf\*(TX's fonts.
+.TP
+.I *.fmt
+Predigested pdf\*(TX format (.\|fmt) files.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NOTES
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH BUGS
+This version of pdf\*(TX fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
+dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
+but when it does the generated
+DVI or PDF file will be invalid.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AVAILABILITY
+pdf\*(TX is available for a large variety of machine architectures
+and operating systems.
+pdf\*(TX is part of all major \*(TX distributions.
+.br
+The pdf\*(TX home page: http://www.pdftex.org.
+.br
+pdf\*(TX on CTAN: https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex.
+.br
+pdf\*(TX mailing list for all discussion: https://lists.tug.org/pdftex.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of pdf\*(TX can be found in the
+.IR "pdf\*(TX user manual"
+and the Texinfo manuals
+.IR "Kpathsea library" ,
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+These manuals, and more, can be accessed from the pdfTeX or CTAN web
+pages given above.
+.PP
+Some related programs:
+.BR epstopdf (1),
+.BR etex (1),
+.BR latex (1),
+.BR luatex (1),
+.BR mptopdf (1),
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR mf (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+The primary authors of pdf\*(TX are Han The Thanh, Petr Sojka,
+Jiri Zlatuska, and Peter Breitenlohner (e\*(TX).
+.PP
+\*(TX was designed by Donald E. Knuth,
+who implemented it using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs.
+It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and
+at Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
+The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that
+generated by the \*(WB to C system
+.RB ( web2c ),
+originally written by Tomas Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
+The enc\*(TX extensions were written by Petr Olsak.
+.\" vim: syntax=nroff
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftosrc.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftosrc.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bb614a11981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pdftosrc.man
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+.TH pdftosrc 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.SH NAME
+pdftosrc \- extract source file or stream from PDF file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pdftosrc
+.I PDF-file
+.RI [ stream-object-number ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If only
+.I PDF-file
+is given as argument,
+.B pdftosrc
+extracts the embedded source file
+from the first found stream object
+with /Type /SourceFile within the
+.I PDF-file
+and writes it to a file with the name /SourceName
+as defined in that PDF stream object
+(see application example below).
+
+If both
+.I PDF-file
+and
+.I stream-object-number
+are given as arguments, and
+.I stream-object-number
+is positive,
+.B pdftosrc
+extracts and uncompresses the PDF stream of the object
+given by its
+.I stream-object-number
+from the
+.I PDF-file
+and writes it to a file named
+.IR PDF-file . stream-object-number
+with the ending
+.B .pdf
+or
+.B .PDF
+stripped from the original
+.I PDF-file
+name.
+
+A special case is related to XRef object streams that are part
+of the PDF standard from PDF-1.5 onward:
+If
+.I stream-object-number
+equals -1,
+then
+.B pdftosrc
+decompresses the XRef stream from the PDF file and writes it
+in human-readable PDF cross-reference table format to a file named
+.IB PDF-file .xref
+(these XRef streams can not be extracted just by giving their object number).
+
+In any case
+an existing file with the output file name will be overwritten.
+.SH OPTIONS
+None.
+.SH FILES
+Just the executable
+.BR pdftosrc .
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+None.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+At success the exit code of
+.B pdftosrc
+is 0, else 1.
+
+All messages go to stderr.
+At program invocation,
+.B pdftosrc
+issues the current version number of the program
+.BR xpdf ,
+on which
+.B pdftosrc
+is based:
+
+.RS
+pdftosrc version 3.01
+
+.RE
+When
+.B pdftosrc
+was successful with the output file writing,
+one of the following messages will be issued:
+
+.RS
+Source file extracted to
+.I source-file-name
+
+.RE
+or
+
+.RS
+Stream object extracted to
+.IR PDF-file . stream-object-number
+
+.RE
+or
+
+.RS
+Cross-reference table extracted to
+.IR PDF-file .xref
+
+.RE
+
+.RE
+When the object given by the
+.I stream-object-number
+does not contain a stream,
+.B pdftosrc
+issues the following error message:
+
+.RS
+Not a Stream object
+
+.RE
+When the
+.I PDF-file
+can't be opened, the error message is:
+
+.RS
+Error: Couldn't open file
+.RI ' PDF-file '.
+
+.RE
+When
+.B pdftosrc
+encounters an invalid PDF file,
+the error message (several lines) is:
+
+.RS
+Error: May not be a PDF file (continuing anyway)
+.RE
+.RS
+(more lines)
+.RE
+.RS
+Invalid PDF file
+
+.RE
+There are also more error messages from
+.B pdftosrc
+for various kinds of broken PDF files.
+.SH NOTES
+An embedded source file will be written out unchanged,
+i. e. it will not be uncompressed in this process.
+
+Only the stream of the object will be written,
+i. e. not the dictionary of that object.
+
+Knowing which
+.I stream-object-number
+to query requires information about the PDF file
+that has to be gained elsewhere,
+e. g. by looking into the PDF file with an editor.
+
+The stream extraction capabilities of
+.B pdftosrc
+(e. g. regarding understood PDF versions and filter types)
+follow the capabilities of the underlying
+.B xpdf
+program version.
+
+Currently the generation number of the stream object
+is not supported.
+The default value 0 (zero) is taken.
+
+The wording
+.I stream-object-number
+has nothing to do with the `object streams' introduced
+by the Adobe PDF Reference,
+5th edition, version 1.6.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+When using pdftex,
+a source file can be embedded into some
+.I PDF-file
+by using pdftex primitives,
+as illustrated by the following example:
+
+\\immediate\\pdfobj
+.RE
+ stream attr {/Type /SourceFile /SourceName (myfile.zip)}
+.RS
+.RE
+ file{myfile.zip}
+.RS
+.RE
+\\pdfcatalog{/SourceObject \\the\\pdflastobj\\space 0 R}
+
+Then this zip file can be extracted from the
+.I PDF-file
+by calling
+.B pdftosrc
+.IR PDF-file .
+.SH BUGS
+Not all embedded source files will be extracted,
+only the first found one.
+
+Email bug reports to
+.B pdftex@tug.org.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR xpdf (1),
+.BR pdfimages (1),
+.BR pdftotext (1),
+.BR pdftex (1),
+.SH AUTHORS
+.B pdftosrc
+written by Han The Thanh, using
+.B xpdf
+functionality from Derek Noonburg.
+
+Man page written by Hartmut Henkel.
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright (c) 1996-2006 Han The Thanh, <thanh@pdftex.org>
+
+This file is part of pdfTeX.
+
+pdfTeX is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+pdfTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with pdfTeX; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktogf.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktogf.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9fc78d4f707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktogf.man
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+.TH PKTOGF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+pktogf \- convert packed font files to generic font files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pktogf
+.RB [ \-v ]
+.I pk_file_name
+.RI [ gf_file_name ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B pktogf
+program converts a packed font file
+.RI ( pk )
+to a generic font file
+.RI ( gf ).
+Packed
+font files are much smaller than the corresponding
+.I gf
+files,
+but some DVI readers only understand
+.I gf
+files.
+.PP
+The
+.I pk_file_name
+on the command line must be complete. Because
+the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make
+sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or
+DVI-reading software. The
+.I gf_file_name
+defaults to the same (stripped) name as
+.IR pk_file_name ,
+and it is placed in the current
+working directory with the
+.B gf
+suffix replacing
+.BR pk .
+For example, the input file
+.I io.300pk
+would become
+.IR io.300gf .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Unless the
+.B \-v
+switch is given,
+.B pktogf
+operates silently. With
+.BR \-v ,
+the version number of the program and statistics about the
+unpacking are output to
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.B pktogf
+looks for
+.I pk_file_name
+using the
+environment variable PKFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
+TEXPKS. If that is not set, it uses TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it
+uses the system default.
+.PP
+See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR gftopk (1),
+.BR gftype (1),
+.BR pktype (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth et al.,
+.IR \*(MFware .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Tomas Rokicki wrote the program.
+Pierre MacKay adapted it for compilation with
+.BR web2c .
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktype.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktype.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3c1df7bfe69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pktype.man
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.TH PKTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+pktype \- verify and translate a packed font bitmap file to plain text
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pktype
+.IR pk_file [pk]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B pktype
+program translates a packed font file
+.RI ( pk )
+(output by, for example,
+.BR gftopk (1)
+to a file that humans can read. It also serves as a
+.I pk
+file-validating program (i.e., if
+.B pktype
+can read it, it's correct) and as an example of a
+.IR pk -reading
+program for other software that wants to read
+.I pk
+files.
+.PP
+The input
+.I pk_file
+on the command line may omit the suffix `pk.
+The plain text translation is always written to standard output.
+.PP
+The output file gives a compact encoding of the packed encoding, using
+conventions described in the source code. Run lengths of black pixels
+alternate with parenthesized run lengths of white pixels, and brackets
+are used to indicate when a row should be repeated.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.B pktype
+looks for
+.I pk_file
+in the usual places according to Kpathsea.
+.PP
+See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR dvitype (1),
+.BR gftopk (1),
+.BR gftype (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth et al.,
+.IR \*(MFware .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Tomas Rokicki wrote the program,
+Donald E. Knuth originally ported it to Unix,
+Pierre MacKay originally adapted it for compilation with Web2c.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pltotf.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pltotf.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e7e5b46595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pltotf.man
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.TH PLTOTF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+pltotf \- convert property list files to TeX font metric (tfm) format
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pltotf
+.RB [ \-verbose ]
+.IR pl_file_name [ \fB.pl\fP ]
+.RI [ tfm_file_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B pltotf
+program translates a (human-oriented) property list file to a
+(program-oriented) \*(TX font metric file. Thus, after editing the property
+list file, a TFM file can be generated for use with, for example,
+.BR tex (1).
+.PP
+The
+.I pl_file_name
+is extended with
+.B .pl
+if it lacks a suffix. No path searching is done.
+.PP
+If no
+.I tfm_file_name
+is given, the basename of
+.I pl_file_name
+with suffix
+.B .tfm
+is used; otherwise
+.I tfm_file_name
+is extended with
+.B .tfm
+if it lacks a suffix.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Without the
+.B \-verbose
+option,
+.B pltotf
+operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR tftopl (1).
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "\*(OXware" .
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "The \*(MFbook" ,
+(Volume C of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as
+part of the
+.I \*(OXware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
+Howard Trickey, Pavel Curtis, and Richard Furuta originally ported it to
+Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pooltype.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pooltype.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a08be578e17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/pooltype.man
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+.TH POOLTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+pooltype \- display a WEB pool file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B pooltype
+.I pool_file_name
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B pooltype
+program translates a (program-oriented) \*(WB string pool file to a
+(human-oriented) text file.
+.PP
+The
+.I pool_file_name
+must be complete; no adding of default extensions or path searching is done.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR tangle (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program and originally ported it to Unix. It was
+published as part of the
+.I \*(OXware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ppltotf.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ppltotf.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..449e15c9eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ppltotf.man
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+.TH PPLTOTF 1 "15 March 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\"
+.el .ds OX TeX\"
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+ppltotf, uppltotf \- Create Japanese p\*(TX font metric (JFM)
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B ppltotf
+.RI [ options ]
+.IR pl_file_name [ \fB.pl\fP ]
+.RI [ tfm_file_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B ppltotf
+program translates a Japanese property list (JPL) file to a Japanese
+p\*(TX font metric (JFM) file.
+The resulting JFM file can be used with p\*(TX and e-p\*(TX.
+.PP
+The
+.B uppltotf
+program is a Unicode-enabled version of ppltotf.
+The resulting JFM file can be used with up\*(TX and e-up\*(TX.
+.PP
+In the following sections, we refer to these programs as
+.BR (u)ppltotf .
+.PP
+.B (u)ppltotf
+is upper compatible with
+.BR pltotf ;
+if the input PL file is for roman fonts, it is translated into an
+ordinary \*(TX font metric (TFM) file.
+The difference between
+.B ppltotf
+and
+.B uppltotf
+lies in the output encoding:
+.B ppltotf
+always outputs JIS-encoded JFM; on the other hand,
+.B uppltotf
+outputs Unicode-encoded JFM by default.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Compared to pltotf, the following option is added to
+.BR (u)ppltotf .
+.TP
+.BI -kanji \ string
+Sets the input Japanese \fIKanji\fR code. The
+.I string
+can be one of the followings:
+.IR euc \ (EUC-JP),
+.IR jis \ (ISO-2022-JP),
+.IR sjis \ (Shift_JIS),
+.IR utf8 \ (UTF-8),
+.IR uptex \ (UTF-8;
+.B uppltotf
+only).
+.PP
+When one of
+.IR euc ,
+.IR jis ,
+.I sjis
+or
+.I utf8
+is specified, both
+.B ppltotf
+and
+.B uppltotf
+output a JIS-encoded JFM.
+When
+.I uptex
+is specified with
+.BR uppltotf ,
+it outputs a Unicode-encoded JFM.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR ptex (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+.B (u)ppltotf
+is maintained by
+Japanese \*(TX Development Community <https://texjp.org>.
+For bug reports, open an issue at
+GitHub repository <https://github.com/texjporg/tex-jp-build>,
+or send an e-mail to <issue@texjp.org>.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Hironobu Yamashita.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7a8d2313995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.TH PTEX 1 "27 May 2018" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\"
+.el .ds OX TeX\"
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+ptex, uptex, eptex, euptex \- Japanese "Publishing TeX"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B ptex
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
+.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+p\*(TX (\fBptex\fR)
+is a \*(TX engine with extensions for Japanese typesetting, including
+features related to line breaking rules, inter-character spacing and
+vertical writing. It was first developed by ASCII Corporation, in the
+aim of providing a Japanese \*(TX which can be used for commercial
+publishing. For p\*(TX, the character set available is limited to
+JIS X 0208, namely JIS level-1 and level-2.
+.PP
+up\*(TX (\fBuptex\fR)
+is a Unicode-enabled p\*(TX with extensions for better handling of
+CJK (Chinese, Japanese and Korean) multilingual documents.
+It has been developed by Takuji Tanaka since 2007.
+.PP
+e-p\*(TX (\fBeptex\fR) is a merge of e-\*(TX and p\*(TX.
+.PP
+e-up\*(TX (\fBeuptex\fR) is a merge of e-\*(TX and up\*(TX.
+.PP
+In the following sections, we refer to these engines as (e-)(u)p\*(TX.
+.PP
+(e-)(u)p\*(TX's handling of its command-line arguments is similar to
+that of the other \*(TX programs in the
+.I web2c
+implementation.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Here we list only additions/deletions of command line options which are
+specific to (e-)(u)p\*(TX. For (u)p\*(TX, other options are similar to
+\*(TX. For e-(u)p\*(TX, other options are similar to e-\*(TX.
+.TP
+Additions (supported by ptexenc library):
+.TP
+.BI -kanji \ string
+Sets the input Japanese \fIKanji\fR code. The
+.I string
+can be either
+.IR euc \ (EUC-JP),
+.IR jis \ (ISO-2022-JP),
+.IR sjis \ (Shift_JIS),
+and
+.IR utf8 \ (UTF-8).
+For (e-)up\*(TX,
+.I uptex
+is also allowed.
+.TP
+.BI -kanji-internal \ string
+Sets the internal \fIKanji\fR code. The string can be either
+.IR euc ,
+and
+.IR sjis .
+For (e-)up\*(TX,
+.I uptex
+is also allowed.
+.TP
+Deletions:
+.TP
+.B -enc
+In this version of (e-)(u)p\*(TX, enc\*(TX extensions are
+\fInot\fR available.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR etex (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+This version of (e-)(u)p\*(TX is maintained by
+Japanese \*(TX Development Community <https://texjp.org>.
+For bug reports, open an issue at
+GitHub repository <https://github.com/texjporg/tex-jp-build>,
+or send an e-mail to <issue@texjp.org>.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Hironobu Yamashita.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptftopl.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptftopl.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ac5c7cf216
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ptftopl.man
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.TH PTFTOPL 1 "15 March 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\"
+.el .ds OX TeX\"
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+ptftopl, uptftopl \- Convert Japanese p\*(TX font metric (JFM) files to propery list
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B ptftopl
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.IR tfm_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]
+.RI [ pl_name [ \fB.pl\fP ]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B ptftopl
+program translates a Japanese p\*(TX font metric (JFM) file to a
+Japanese property list (JPL) file. It also serves as a TFM/JFM-file
+validating program.
+.PP
+The
+.B uptftopl
+program is a Unicode-enabled version of ptftopl.
+.PP
+In the following sections, we refer to these programs as
+.BR (u)ptftopl .
+.PP
+.B (u)ptftopl
+is upper compatible with
+.BR tftopl ;
+if the input TFM file is for roman fonts, it is translated into an
+ordinary property list file.
+The difference between
+.B ptftopl
+and
+.B uptftopl
+lies in the internal encoding: when the input is a JFM file,
+.B ptftopl
+always treats it as a JIS-encoded JFM; on the other hand,
+.B uptftopl
+treats it as a Unicode-encoded JFM by default.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Compared to tftopl, the following option is added to
+.BR (u)ptftopl .
+.TP
+.BI -kanji \ string
+Sets the output Japanese \fIKanji\fR code. The
+.I string
+can be one of the followings:
+.IR euc \ (EUC-JP),
+.IR jis \ (ISO-2022-JP),
+.IR sjis \ (Shift_JIS),
+.IR utf8 \ (UTF-8),
+.IR uptex \ (UTF-8;
+.B uptftopl
+only).
+.PP
+When one of
+.IR euc ,
+.IR jis ,
+.I sjis
+or
+.I utf8
+is specified, both
+.B ptftopl
+and
+.B uptftopl
+treats the input JFM as JIS-encoded.
+When
+.I uptex
+is specified with
+.BR uptftopl ,
+it treats the input JFM as Unicode-encoded.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR ptex (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+.B (u)ptftopl
+is maintained by
+Japanese \*(TX Development Community <https://texjp.org>.
+For bug reports, open an issue at
+GitHub repository <https://github.com/texjporg/tex-jp-build>,
+or send an e-mail to <issue@texjp.org>.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Hironobu Yamashita.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/spell.add b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/spell.add
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0d9bbd4159f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/spell.add
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+AMSLATEX
+AMSTEX
+AY
+AmSLaTeX
+AmSTeX
+Atari
+BI
+BIBINPUTS
+BIBTEX
+BX
+BibTeX
+Breitenlohner
+CONTENTS.tex
+CS
+DOC
+DVI
+DVITYPE
+DeVice
+Furuta
+GFFONTS
+GFTODVI
+GFTOPK
+GFTYPE
+INITEX
+ISBN
+Ignacio
+LX
+LaTeX
+Lamport
+Liang
+MAGSTEP
+MF
+MFBASES
+MFEDIT
+MFINPUTS
+MFPOOL
+MFT
+MFTERM
+MacKay
+ONLINE
+Oren
+PATGEN
+PKFONTS
+PKTOGF
+PKTYPE
+PLTOTF
+POOLTYPE
+Patashnik
+Pavel
+Rokicki
+SLITEX
+Sewell
+Spivak
+SunView
+TEX
+TEXEDIT
+TEXFONTS
+TEXFORMATS
+TEXINPUTS
+TEXMFOUTPUT
+TEXPKS
+TEXPOOL
+TFM
+TFTOPL
+TUGboat
+TW
+TeX
+Tek
+Tomas
+Trickey
+VF
+VFFONTS
+VFTOVP
+VIRTEX
+VPTOVF
+WB
+Zabala
+a.out
+al
+amsart
+amsbook
+amslatex
+amslatex.tex
+amstex
+amstexl
+amstexl.fmt
+aux
+auxname
+batchmode
+bbl
+bibtex
+bitmap
+bitmaps
+blecchhh
+bst
+btxbst.doc
+btxdoc.bib
+btxdoc.tex
+btxhak.tex
+ch
+changefile
+charcode
+cmbase.mf
+cmbase.mft
+cmmf.base
+cmr8
+cmtt10
+com
+controlsequence
+def
+defs
+dpi
+ds
+dvi
+dvitype
+emacs
+font.mf
+foo
+foo.base
+footex
+footex.fmt
+gf
+gf,pk
+gftodvi
+gftopk
+gftype
+gray.mf
+gray.tfm
+grayfont
+grayfontarea
+hp2627
+hy
+hyphen.tex
+iffalse
+ing
+inimf
+initex
+io.2602gf
+io.300gf
+io.300pk
+io.dvi
+jobname
+karl
+lamstex
+lamstex.fmt
+lamstex.tmp
+latex.fmt
+letterforms
+linenumber
+litprog
+localfont
+lplain
+lplain.fmt
+mag
+magstep
+magsteps
+mf
+mf.pool
+mf.tbl
+mfput
+mft
+mftmac.tex
+modes.mf
+mybase
+myfmt
+myfonts
+mylib
+mytex
+mytex.fmt
+na
+nl
+nnn
+nocite
+nput
+nr
+null.mf
+null.tex
+online
+openin
+paper.dvi
+paper.log
+paper.tex
+patgen
+phen
+pk
+pktogf
+pktype
+pl
+plain.fmt
+plain.mf
+plain.mft
+plain.tex
+pltotf
+pooltype
+prettyprinting
+printengine
+puter
+setenv
+shsu.edu
+site.h
+slantfont
+slantimagen6
+slitex
+slitex.fmt
+splain
+splain.fmt
+supercedes
+sy
+tek
+testart.tex
+testbook.tex
+tex
+tex.fmt
+tex.pool
+texinfo
+texput
+tfm
+tftopl
+tion
+typesettable
+ucb
+ump
+uniterm
+username
+vf
+vfm
+vftovp
+virmf
+virtex
+vpl
+vptovf
+web2c
+webfile
+webmac.tex
+xampl.bib
+xterm
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tangle.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tangle.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3b524db6da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tangle.man
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+.TH TANGLE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+tangle \- translate WEB to Pascal
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tangle
+.RI [ options ]
+.IR webfile [ \fB.web\fP ]
+.RI [ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B tangle
+program converts a \*(WB
+source document into a Pascal program that may be compiled in the usual
+way with the on-line Pascal compiler (e.g.,
+.BR pc (1)).
+The output file is packed into lines of 72 characters or less, with
+the only concession to readability being the termination of lines at
+semicolons when this can be done conveniently.
+.PP
+The \*(WB language allows you to prepare a single document containing all
+the information that is needed both to produce a compilable Pascal
+program and to produce a well-formatted document describing the program
+in as much detail as the writer may desire. The user of \*(WB must be
+familiar with both \*(TX and Pascal. \*(WB also provides a relatively
+simple, although adequate, macro facility that permits a Pascal program
+to be written in small easily-understood modules.
+.PP
+The command line should have either one or two names on it.
+The first is taken as the \*(WB file (and
+.B .web
+is added if there is no
+extension).
+If there is another name, it is a change file (and
+.B .ch
+is added if there is
+no extension). The change file overrides parts of the \*(WB file,
+as described in the \*(WB system documentation.
+.PP
+The output files are a Pascal file and a string pool file,
+whose names are formed by adding
+.B .p
+and
+.B .pool
+respectively to the root of the \*(WB file name.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+This version of
+.B tangle
+understands the following options. Note that some of these options
+may render the output unsuitable for processing by a Pascal compiler.
+.TP
+.B --help
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+.BI --length \ number
+Compare only the first
+.I number
+characters of identifiers when checking for collisions. The default
+is 32, the original
+.B tangle
+used 7.
+.TP
+.B --loose
+When checking for collisions between identifiers, honor the settings
+of the
+.BR --lowercase ,
+.BR --mixedcase ,
+.BR --uppercase ,
+and
+.B --underline
+options. This is the default.
+.TP
+.B --lowercase
+Convert all identifiers to lowercase.
+.TP
+.B --mixedcase
+Retain the case of identifiers. This is the default.
+.TP
+.B --strict
+When checking for collisions between identifiers, strip underlines and
+convert all identifiers to uppercase first.
+.TP
+.B --underline
+Retain underlines (also known as underscores) in identifiers.
+.TP
+.B --uppercase
+Convert all identifiers to uppercase. This is the behaviour of the
+original
+.BR tangle .
+.TP
+.B --version
+Print version information and exit.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The environment variable WEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
+or the system default if WEBINPUTS is not set. See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR pc (1),
+.BR pxp (1)
+(for formatting
+.B tangle
+output when debugging),
+.BR tex (1).
+.PP
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "The \*(WB System of Structured Documentation" .
+.PP
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "Literate Programming" ,
+Computer Journal
+.BR 27 ,
+97\-111, 1984.
+.PP
+Wayne Sewell,
+.IR "Weaving a Program" ,
+Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1989, ISBN 0-442-31946-0.
+.PP
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I "\*(OX: The Program"
+(Volume B of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13437-3.
+.PP
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I "\*(MF: The Program"
+(Volume D of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13438-1.
+.PP
+These last two are by far the largest extant examples of \*(WB
+programs.
+.PP
+There is an active Internet electronic mail discussion list on the
+subject of literate programming; send a subscription request to
+.I litprog-request@shsu.edu
+to join.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+\*(WB was designed by Donald E. Knuth, based on an earlier system
+called DOC (implemented by Ignacio Zabala).
+The
+.B tangle
+and
+.B weave
+programs are themselves written in \*(WB. The system
+was originally ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and at
+Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..07d744ab033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+.TH TEX 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\" EX and EE are used for displays that are pure code
+.de EX
+.nf
+.ft CW
+..
+.de EE
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+tex, initex \- text formatting and typesetting
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tex
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
+.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Run the \*(TX typesetter on
+.IR file ,
+usually creating
+.IR file.dvi .
+If the file argument has no extension, ".tex" will be appended to it.
+Instead of a filename, a set of \*(TX commands can be given, the first
+of which must start with a backslash.
+With a
+.BI & format
+argument \*(TX uses a different set of precompiled commands,
+contained in
+.IR format\fB.fmt\fP ;
+it is usually better to use the
+.B -fmt
+.I format
+option instead.
+.PP
+\*(TX
+formats the interspersed text and commands contained in the named
+files
+and outputs a typesetter independent file (called
+.IR DVI ,
+which is short for
+.IR "DeVice Independent" ).
+\*(TX's capabilities and language are described in
+.IR "The \*(OXbook" .
+\*(TX
+is normally used with a large body of precompiled macros,
+and there are several specific formatting systems, such as
+\*(LX,
+which require the support of several macro files.
+.PP
+This version of \*(TX looks at its command line to see what name it
+was called under. If they exist, then both
+.B initex
+and
+.B virtex
+are symbolic links to the
+.B tex
+executable. When called as
+.BR initex
+(or when the
+.B -ini
+option is given) it can be used to precompile macros into a
+.I .fmt
+file. When called as
+.B virtex
+it will use the
+.I plain
+format. When called under any other name, \*(TX will use that name as
+the name of the format to use. For example, when called as
+.B tex
+the
+.I tex
+format is used, which is identical to the
+.I plain
+format. The commands defined by the
+.I plain
+format are documented in
+.IR "The \*(OXbook" .
+Other formats that are often available include
+.I latex
+and
+.IR amstex .
+.PP
+The non-option command line arguments to the
+\*(TX
+program are passed to it as the first input line. (But it is often
+easier to type extended arguments as the first input line, since UNIX
+shells tend to gobble up or misinterpret \*(TX's favorite symbols,
+like backslashes, unless you quote them.)
+As described in
+.IR "The \*(OXbook" ,
+that first line should begin with a filename, a
+.IR \econtrolsequence ,
+or a
+.IR &formatname .
+.PP
+The normal usage is to say
+.EX
+tex paper
+.EE
+to start processing
+.IR paper.tex .
+The name
+.I paper
+will be the ``jobname'', and is used in forming
+output filenames.
+If \*(TX doesn't get a filename in the first line, the jobname is
+.IR texput .
+When looking for a file, \*(TX looks for the name with and without the
+default extension
+.RI ( .tex )
+appended, unless the name already contains that extension. If
+.I paper
+is the ``jobname'',
+a log of error messages, with rather more detail than normally appears
+on the screen, will appear in
+.IR paper.log ,
+and the output file will be in
+.IR paper.dvi .
+.PP
+This version of \*(TX can look in the first line of the file
+.I paper.tex
+to see if it begins with the magic sequence
+.IR %& .
+If the first line begins with
+.BI %& format
+.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
+then \*(TX will use the named format and translation table
+.I tcxname
+to process the source file. Either the format name or the
+.B -translate-file
+specification may be omitted, but not both. This overrides the
+format selection based on the name by which the program is invoked.
+The
+.B -parse-first-line
+option or the
+.B parse_first_line
+configuration variable controls whether this behaviour is enabled.
+.PP
+The
+.I e
+response to \*(TX's error prompt causes the system default editor to
+start up at the current line of the current file. The environment
+variable TEXEDIT can be used to change the editor used. It may
+contain a string with "%s" indicating where the filename goes and "%d"
+indicating where the decimal line number (if any) goes. For example,
+a TEXEDIT string for
+.B emacs
+can be set with the
+.B sh
+command
+.EX
+\fITEXEDIT="emacs +%d %s"; export TEXEDIT\fP
+.EE
+.PP
+A convenient file in the library is
+.IR null.tex ,
+containing nothing.
+When \*(TX can't find a file it thinks you want to input, it keeps
+asking you for another filename; responding `null' gets you out
+of the loop if you don't want to input anything. You can also type your
+EOF character (usually control-D).
+.PP
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+This version of \*(TX understands the following command line options.
+.TP
+.BI -cnf-line \ string
+Parse
+.I string
+as a
+.I texmf.cnf
+configuration line. See the Kpathsea manual.
+.TP
+.B -enc
+Enable the enc\*(TX extensions. This option is only effective in
+combination with
+.BR -ini .
+For documentation of the enc\*(TX extensions see
+.BR http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html .
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error
+Print error messages in the form
+.I file:line:error
+which is similar to the way many compilers format them.
+.TP
+.B -no-file-line-error
+Disable printing error messages in the
+.I file:line:error
+style.
+.TP
+.B -file-line-error-style
+This is the old name of the
+.B -file-line-error
+option.
+.TP
+.BI -fmt \ format
+Use
+.I format
+as the name of the format to be used, instead of the name by which
+\*(TX was called or a
+.I %&
+line.
+.TP
+.B -halt-on-error
+Exit with an error code when an error is encountered during processing.
+.TP
+.B -help
+Print help message and exit.
+.TP
+.B -ini
+Start in
+.I INI
+mode, which is used to dump formats. The
+.I INI
+mode can be used for typesetting, but no format is preloaded, and
+basic initializations like setting catcodes may be required.
+.TP
+.BI -interaction \ mode
+Sets the interaction mode. The mode can be either
+.IR batchmode ,
+.IR nonstopmode ,
+.IR scrollmode ,
+and
+.IR errorstopmode .
+The meaning of these modes is the same as that of the corresponding
+\ecommands.
+.TP
+.B -ipc
+Send DVI output to a socket as well as the usual output file. Whether
+this option is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.B -ipc-start
+As
+.BR -ipc ,
+and starts the server at the other end as well. Whether this option
+is available is the choice of the installer.
+.TP
+.BI -jobname \ name
+Use
+.I name
+for the job name, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.
+.TP
+.BI -kpathsea-debug \ bitmask
+Sets path searching debugging flags according to the bitmask. See the
+.I Kpathsea
+manual for details.
+.TP
+.BI -mktex \ fmt
+Enable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be either
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.B -mltex
+Enable ML\*(TX extensions. Only effective in combination with
+.BR -ini .
+.TP
+.BI -no-mktex \ fmt
+Disable
+.RI mktex fmt ,
+where
+.I fmt
+must be either
+.I tex
+or
+.IR tfm .
+.TP
+.BI -output-comment \ string
+Use
+.I string
+for the
+.I DVI
+file comment instead of the date.
+.TP
+.BI -output-directory \ directory
+Write output files in
+.I directory
+instead of the current directory. Look up input files in
+.I directory
+first, then along the normal search path. See also description of the
+TEXMFOUTPUT environment variable.
+.TP
+.B -parse-first-line
+If the first line of the main input file begins with
+.I %&
+parse it to look for a dump name or a
+.B -translate-file
+option.
+.TP
+.B -no-parse-first-line
+Disable parsing of the first line of the main input file.
+.TP
+.BI -progname \ name
+Pretend to be program
+.IR name .
+This affects both the format used and the search paths.
+.TP
+.B -recorder
+Enable the filename recorder. This leaves a trace of the files opened
+for input and output in a file with extension
+.IR .fls .
+.TP
+.B -shell-escape
+Enable the
+.BI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct. The
+.I command
+can be any shell command. This construct is normally
+disallowed for security reasons.
+.TP
+.B -no-shell-escape
+Disable the
+.BI \ewrite18{ command }
+construct, even if it is enabled in the
+.I texmf.cnf
+file.
+.TP
+.B -src-specials
+Insert source specials into the
+.I DVI
+file.
+.TP
+.BI -src-specials \ where
+Insert source specials in certain places of the
+.I DVI
+file.
+.I where
+is a comma-separated value list:
+.IR cr ,
+.IR display ,
+.IR hbox ,
+.IR math ,
+.IR par ,
+.IR parent ,
+or
+.IR vbox .
+.TP
+.BI -translate-file \ tcxname
+Use the
+.I tcxname
+translation table to set the mapping of input characters and
+re-mapping of output characters.
+.TP
+.BI -default-translate-file \ tcxname
+Like
+.B -translate-file
+except that a
+.I %&
+line can overrule this setting.
+.TP
+.B -version
+Print version information and exit.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+See the Kpathsearch library documentation (the `Path specifications'
+node) for precise details of how the environment variables are used.
+The
+.B kpsewhich
+utility can be used to query the values of the variables.
+.PP
+One caveat: In most \*(TX formats, you cannot use ~ in a filename you
+give directly to \*(TX, because ~ is an active character, and hence is
+expanded, not taken as part of the filename. Other programs, such as
+\*(MF, do not have this problem.
+.PP
+.TP
+.B TEXMFOUTPUT
+Normally, \*(TX puts its output files in the current directory. If
+any output file cannot be opened there, it tries to open it in the
+directory specified in the environment variable TEXMFOUTPUT.
+There is no default value for that variable. For example, if you say
+.I tex paper
+and the current directory is not writable, if TEXMFOUTPUT has
+the value
+.IR /tmp ,
+\*(TX attempts to create
+.I /tmp/paper.log
+(and
+.IR /tmp/paper.dvi ,
+if any output is produced.) TEXMFOUTPUT is also checked for input
+files, as \*(TX often generates files that need to be subsequently
+read; for input, no suffixes (such as ``.tex'') are added by default,
+the input name is simply checked as given.
+.TP
+.B TEXINPUTS
+Search path for
+.I \einput
+and
+.I \eopenin
+files.
+This should probably start with ``.'', so
+that user files are found before system files. An empty path
+component will be replaced with the paths defined in the
+.I texmf.cnf
+file. For example, set TEXINPUTS to ".:/home/user/tex:" to prepend the
+current directory and ``/home/user/tex'' to the standard search path.
+.TP
+.B TEXFORMATS
+Search path for format files.
+.TP
+.B TEXPOOL
+search path for
+.B tex
+internal strings.
+.TP
+.B TEXEDIT
+Command template for switching to editor. The default, usually
+.BR vi ,
+is set when \*(TX is compiled.
+.TP
+.B TFMFONTS
+Search path for font metric
+.RI ( .tfm )
+files.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+The location of the files mentioned below varies from system to
+system. Use the
+.B kpsewhich
+utility to find their locations.
+.TP
+.I texmf.cnf
+Configuration file. This contains definitions of search paths as well
+as other configuration parameters like
+.BR parse_first_line .
+.TP
+.I tex.pool
+Text file containing \*(TX's internal strings.
+.TP
+.I texfonts.map
+Filename mapping definitions.
+.TP
+.I *.tfm
+Metric files for \*(TX's fonts.
+.TP
+.I *.fmt
+Predigested \*(TX format (.\|fmt) files.
+.TP
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/plain/base/plain.tex
+The basic macro package described in the \*(OXbook.
+.br
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NOTES
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH BUGS
+This version of \*(TX implements a number of optional extensions.
+In fact, many of these extensions conflict to a greater or lesser
+extent with the definition of \*(TX. When such extensions are
+enabled, the banner printed when \*(TX starts is changed to print
+.B TeXk
+instead of
+.BR TeX .
+.PP
+This version of \*(TX fails to trap arithmetic overflow when
+dimensions are added or subtracted. Cases where this occurs are rare,
+but when it does the generated
+.I DVI
+file will be invalid.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR mf (1),
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "The \*(OXbook" ,
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13447-0.
+.br
+Leslie Lamport,
+.IR "\*(LX \- A Document Preparation System" ,
+Addison-Wesley, 1985, ISBN 0-201-15790-X.
+.br
+K. Berry,
+.IR "Eplain: Expanded plain \*(TX" ,
+https://tug.org/eplain
+.br
+Michael Spivak,
+.IR "The Joy of \*(OX" ,
+2nd edition, Addison-Wesley, 1990, ISBN 0-8218-2997-1.
+.br
+.I TUGboat
+(the journal of the \*(TX Users Group).
+https://tug.org/TUGboat
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH TRIVIA
+\*(TX, pronounced properly, rhymes with ``blecchhh.'' The proper
+spelling in typewriter-like fonts is ``TeX'' and not ``TEX'' or ``tex.''
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+\*(TX was created by Donald E. Knuth,
+who implemented it using his \*(WB system for Pascal programs.
+It was ported to Unix at Stanford by Howard Trickey, and
+at Cornell by Pavel Curtis.
+The version now offered with the Unix \*(TX distribution is that
+generated by the \*(WB to C system
+.RB ( web2c ),
+originally written by Tomas Rokicki and Tim Morgan.
+.PP
+The enc\*(TX extensions were written by Petr Olsak.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tftopl.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tftopl.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..087f53fcdd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tftopl.man
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+.TH TFTOPL 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+tftopl \- convert TeX font metric (tfm) files to property lists
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tftopl
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.IR tfm_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]
+.RI [ pl_name [ \fB.pl\fP ]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B tftopl
+program translates a (program-oriented) font metric file to a
+(human-oriented) property list file. Thus, you can edit the contents of
+the TFM files, if the font designer has not done his or her job
+properly, or if you're encountering strange difficulties, or if you're
+just curious. It also serves as a TFM-file validating program, i.e., if
+no error messages are given, the input file is correct.
+.PP
+The
+.I pl_name
+is extended with
+.B .pl
+if it lacks a suffix.
+If
+.I pl_name
+is not given, standard output is used. Likewise,
+.I tfm_name
+is extended with
+.B .tfm
+if it lacks a suffix. Also, path searching is done for the TFM file
+using the environment variable TEXFONTS. If that is not set,
+.B tftopl
+uses the system default.
+.PP
+See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BI \-charcode-format= format
+The argument
+.I format
+specifies how character codes are output in the PL file. By
+default, only letters and digits are output using the
+.B C
+integer code (i.e., in ASCII); the others are output in octal. (Unless
+the font's coding scheme starts with
+.B "TeX math sy"
+or
+.BR "TeX math ex" ,
+in which case all character codes are output in octal.) If
+.I format
+is
+.BR ascii ,
+all character codes that correspond to graphic characters, besides the
+left and right parentheses, are output in ASCII. Finally, if
+.I format
+is
+.BR octal ,
+all character codes are output in octal.
+.PP
+.TP
+.B \-verbose
+Without this option,
+.B tftopl
+operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR pltotf (1),
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.IR "\*(OXware" .
+.br
+Donald E. Knuth,
+.I "The \*(MFbook"
+(Volume C of
+.IR "Computers and Typesetting" ),
+Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as
+part of the
+.I \*(OXware
+technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group.
+Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis originally ported it to Unix.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tie.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tie.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7be5044677b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/tie.man
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+.TH TIE 1 "8 June 2020" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+tie \- merge or apply WEB change files
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tie
+.BR \-c | \-m
+.I outputfile masterfile
+.IR changefile .\|.\|.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B tie
+program is used to process multiple change files used with the WEB
+system for literate programming. The WEB programs allow to apply
+patches to a source file (the
+.IR masterfile )
+by means of a number of change files (often only a single change file
+is allowed).
+.B Tie
+can be used to either merge up to 32 change files into a single one
+or to apply the changes to the
+.I masterfile
+in order to create a new one. Output of either the new change file or
+the patched master file goes into
+.IR outputfile .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-c
+Create a single change file from the given
+.IR changefile s.
+.TP
+.B \-m
+Create a new master file by applying the given
+.IR changefile s.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The environment variable WEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
+or the system default if WEBINPUTS is not set. See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+To avoid conflicts with other programs that also use the WEBINPUTS
+environment, you can be more specific and use WEBINPUTS_tie for
+special requirements in TIE.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR web (1),
+.BR ctie (1),
+.BR cweb (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+Klaus Guntermann, TH Darmstadt, Institut f. Theoretische Informatik. Man page
+by Joachim Schnitter, TH Darmstadt, Phys. Chemie I.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ttf2afm.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ttf2afm.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e042d588342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/ttf2afm.man
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.TH TTF2AFM 1 "8 March 2016" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.PP
+.SH "NAME"
+ttf2afm \- utility to generate AFM files for TrueType fonts
+.PP
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.B ttf2afm
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.I FONTFILE
+.PP
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.PP
+\fBttf2afm\fP is used to generate Adobe Font Metrics (AFM) files for
+TrueType (TTF) fonts to allow them to be used with TeX\&.
+.PP
+\fBttf2afm\fP takes the name of a TrueType font file as a required
+argument\&. It may also take one or more options from the list below
+(\fB-i\fP and \fB-u\fP are mutually exclusive)\&.
+.PP
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.PP
+.IP "\fB-i\fP"
+force printing glyph names in form
+`index'\fIdecnum\fP\&
+.IP "\fB-u\fP"
+force printing glyph names in form
+`uni'\fIhexnum\fP\&
+.IP "\fB-c\fP \fIname\fP"
+write encoding tables to file
+\fIname\&.eMN\fP, where \fIM\fP is the platform
+ID and \fIN\fP is the encoding ID
+.IP "\fB-v\fP"
+print program version
+.IP "\fB-e\fP \fIenc\fP"
+encode AFM output using encoding vector from \fIenc\fP
+.IP "\fB-o\fP \fIoutfile\fP"
+output to file \fIoutfile\fP instead of standard output
+.IP "\fB-m\fP \fInum\fP"
+use Unicode mapping \fInum\fP in the font
+.PP
+Platform numbers can be one of
+.IP "0"
+Apple Unicode
+.IP "1"
+Macintosh
+.IP "2"
+ISO
+.IP "3"
+Microsoft
+.PP
+Encodings can be
+.IP "0"
+Roman (if platform is Macintosh)
+.IP "0"
+Symbol (if platform is Microsoft)
+.IP "1"
+Unicode (if platform is Microsoft)
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+afm2tfm(1), afm2pl(1).
+FontForge (http://fontforge.sf.net).
+LCDF TypeTools (http://lcdf.org).
+A closer look at TrueType fonts and pdfTeX, Han The Thanh
+(http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb30-1/tb94thanh.pdf).
+.PP
+.SH "BUGS"
+.PP
+Send bug reports to <pdftex@tug\&.org> (public mailing list)\&.
+.PP
+.SH "AUTHOR"
+.PP
+\fBttf2afm\fP is part of pdfTeX and was written by Han The Thanh\&.
+.PP
+This manual page was originally written by C\&.M\&. Connelly, for the
+Debian GNU/Linux system, and updated by Karl Berry and others.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vftovp.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vftovp.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bfe5eb50188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vftovp.man
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.TH VFTOVP 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+vftovp \- convert virtual font (vf) files to virtual property lists (vpl)
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B vftovp
+.RI [ OPTIONS ]
+.IR vf_name [ \fB.vf\fP ]
+.RI [ tfm_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]
+.RI [ vpl_name [ \fB.vpl\fP ]]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B vftovp
+program translates a (program-oriented) virtual font file and its
+accompanying \*(TX font metric file to a (human-oriented) property list file.
+Thus, the virtual font can be edited, and its exact contents can be
+displayed mnemonically. It also serves as a VF-file validating program;
+if no error messages are given, the input files are correct.
+.PP
+The filenames are extended with the appropriate extension if necessary.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.BI \-charcode-format= format
+The argument
+.I format
+specifies how character codes are output in the VPL file. By
+default, only letters and digits are output using the
+.B C
+integer code (i.e., in ASCII); the others are output in octal. (Unless
+the font's coding scheme starts with
+.B "TeX math sy"
+or
+.BR "TeX math ex" ,
+when all are output in octal.) If
+.I format
+is
+.BR ascii ,
+all character codes that correspond to graphic characters, besides the
+left and right parentheses, are output in ASCII. On the other hand, if
+.I format
+is
+.BR octal ,
+all character codes are output in octal.
+.PP
+.TP
+.B \-verbose
+Without this option,
+.B vftovp
+operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.B vftovp
+looks for
+.I vf_name
+using the
+environment variable VFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable
+TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default.
+.PP
+See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR pltotf (1),
+.BR tftopl (1),
+.BR vptovf (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program, based in part on an idea of David Fuchs,
+starting with the code for
+.BR tftopl (1).
+Karl Berry adapted it for compilation with
+.BR web2c .
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vptovf.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vptovf.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5bab94f0a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/vptovf.man
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+.TH VPTOVF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+vptovf \- convert virtual property lists to virtual font metrics
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B vptovf
+.RB [ \-verbose ]
+.IR vpl_name [ \fB.vpl\fP ]
+.RI [ vfm_name [ \fB.vf\fP ]
+.RI [ tfm_name [ \fB.tfm\fP ]]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B vptovf
+program translates a (human-oriented) property list file to a pair of
+(program-oriented) files in the VF (virtual font) and TFM (\*(TX font metric)
+formats. Thus, a virtual font
+file can be edited and its exact contents
+can be displayed mnemonically.
+New virtual fonts, which map characters as seen by \*(TX into an arbitrary
+sequence of low-level typesetting operations,
+can also be created in this way.
+.PP
+All three filenames,
+.IR vpl_name ,
+.IR vf_name ,
+and
+.IR tfm_name ,
+are extended with the appropriate suffix, if they lack one.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Without the
+.B \-verbose
+option,
+.B vptovf
+operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on
+.IR stdout .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR pltotf (1),
+.BR tftopl (1),
+.BR vftovp (1).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Donald E. Knuth wrote the program, based in part on an idea of David Fuchs,
+starting with the code for
+.BR pltotf (1).
+Karl Berry adapted it for compilation with
+.BR web2c .
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/weave.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/weave.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9c79ff2559d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/weave.man
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.TH WEAVE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if n .ds MF Metafont
+.if t .ds MF Metafont
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP
+.el .ds OX TeX
+.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX
+.if n .ds BX BibTeX
+.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds WB Web
+.if t .ds WB W\s-2EB\s0
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+weave \- translate WEB to TeX
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B weave
+.RB [ \-x ]
+.IR webfile [ \fB.web\fP ]
+.RI [ changefile [ \fB.ch\fP ]]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete
+documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file
+or manual
+.IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" .
+.PP
+The
+.B weave
+program is used to create a \*(TX file for viewing a \*(WB program.
+It takes appropriate care of typographic details like page
+layout and the use of indentation, italics, boldface, etc., and it supplies
+extensive cross-index information that it gathers automatically.
+The command line arguments are the same as for
+.B tangle
+except for the option:
+.B \-x
+says to omit the index, module name list, and table of contents pages.
+(A
+.I CONTENTS.tex
+file will still be written when the \*(TX file is processed,
+however, unless some macros in
+.I webmac.tex
+are redefined.)
+.PP
+The output \*(TX file name is formed by adding
+.B .tex
+to the root of the \*(WB file name.
+.PP
+There are several macros
+that probably should be redefined by
+the programmer at the beginning of the \*(WB file.
+It is a good idea to set \\title
+to the name of the program.
+And, to cause output of only changed modules, one can say
+\\let\\maybe=\\iffalse (usually as the first change in the
+change file).
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The environment variable WEBINPUTS is used to search for the input files,
+or the system default if WEBINPUTS is not set. See
+.BR tex (1)
+for the details of the searching.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH FILES
+.TP \w'@@'u+2n
+.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/plain/base/webmac.tex
+\*(TX macros used by
+.B weave
+output.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR tangle (1)
+for references, authors, and other information.
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/xetex.man b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/xetex.man
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7ebc9d4900a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/man/xetex.man
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+.TH XETEX 1 "10 July 2018" "Web2C @VERSION@"
+.\"=====================================================================
+.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP
+.if n .ds TX TeX
+.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX
+.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX
+.if n .ds LX LaTeX
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH NAME
+xetex \- extended TeX with native support for Unicode, OpenType, system fonts
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B xetex
+.RI [ options ]
+.RI [ \fB&\fPformat ]
+.RI [ file | \fB\e\fPcommands ]
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Xe\*(TX (\fBxetex\fR) is a \*(TX engine with native support for Unicode,
+OpenType, and system-installed fonts, using third-party libraries (such
+as ICU, HarfBuzz, and Freetype). It was developed by Jonathan Kew for SIL.
+.PP
+Xe\*(TX includes the e-\*(TX extensions and many extensions from pdf\*(TX,
+sometimes with different primitive names.
+.PP
+Xe\*(TX is now released as part of \*(TX Live <https://tug.org/texlive>.
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH OPTIONS
+Xe\*(TX's handling of its command-line arguments is similar to
+that of the other \*(TX programs in the Web2C implementation.
+Here we list only additions/deletions of command line options which are
+specific to Xe\*(TX; see etex(1) for common options. Additions:
+.TP
+.B -no-pdf
+Generate Xe\*(TX's extended DVI (.xdv) output instead of pdf.
+.TP
+.BI -output-driver \ cmd
+Run
+.I cmd
+instead of xdvipdfmx to translate xdv to pdf.
+.TP
+.BI -papersize \ string
+Set pdf media size to
+.IR string .
+.PP
+Removals:
+.BR -draftmode ,
+.BR -enc ,
+.BR -ipc ,
+.BR -ipc-start ,
+.BR -translate-file .
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR tex (1),
+.BR etex (1),
+.BR latex (1).
+.br
+Home page: <https://tug.org/xetex>
+.br
+CTAN page: <https://ctan.org/pkg/xetex>
+.br
+Reference manual: <https://ctan.org/pkg/xetexref>
+.\"=====================================================================
+.SH AUTHORS
+Xe\*(TX is maintained by Jonathan Kew and others.
+.br
+Public discussion list: <http://lists.tug.org/xetex>
+.br
+Bug reports: <http://sourceforge.net/p/xetex/bugs/>
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Karl Berry. It is released to the public
+domain.